6606 lines
		
	
	
		
			207 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6606 lines
		
	
	
		
			207 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
 | 
						|
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                       Written by Philip Hazel
 | 
						|
           Copyright (c) 1997-2009 University of Cambridge
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 | 
						|
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 | 
						|
      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 | 
						|
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 | 
						|
      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
 | 
						|
      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 | 
						|
      this software without specific prior written permission.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 | 
						|
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 | 
						|
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 | 
						|
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 | 
						|
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 | 
						|
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 | 
						|
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 | 
						|
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 | 
						|
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 | 
						|
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 | 
						|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 | 
						|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with
 | 
						|
supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 | 
						|
#include "config.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define NLBLOCK cd             /* Block containing newline information */
 | 
						|
#define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
 | 
						|
#define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "pcre_internal.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* When DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre_printint() function, which is also
 | 
						|
used by pcretest. DEBUG is not defined when building a production library. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
#include "pcre_printint.src"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define SETBIT(a,b) a[b/8] |= (1 << (b%8))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that
 | 
						|
holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than
 | 
						|
INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have
 | 
						|
to check them every time. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Code parameters and static tables         *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the
 | 
						|
first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex
 | 
						|
is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as
 | 
						|
soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code
 | 
						|
does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218,
 | 
						|
so this number is very generous.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for
 | 
						|
remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the
 | 
						|
end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE
 | 
						|
is 4 there is plenty of room. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (4096)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns
 | 
						|
are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so
 | 
						|
on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape
 | 
						|
is invalid. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
 | 
						|
in UTF-8 mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const short int escapes[] = {
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_COLON,              CHAR_SEMICOLON,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN,     CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,  CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT,      -ESC_A,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_B,                  -ESC_C,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_D,                  -ESC_E,
 | 
						|
     0,                       -ESC_G,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_H,                  0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       -ESC_K,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_P,                  -ESC_Q,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_R,                  -ESC_S,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_V,                  -ESC_W,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_X,                  0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_Z,                  CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_BACKSLASH,          CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT,  CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT,       7,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_b,                  0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_d,                  ESC_e,
 | 
						|
     ESC_f,                   0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_h,                  0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       -ESC_k,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     ESC_n,                   0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_p,                  0,
 | 
						|
     ESC_r,                   -ESC_s,
 | 
						|
     ESC_tee,                 0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_v,                  -ESC_w,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_z
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const short int escapes[] = {
 | 
						|
/*  48 */     0,     0,      0,     '.',    '<',   '(',    '+',    '|',
 | 
						|
/*  50 */   '&',     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  58 */     0,     0,    '!',     '$',    '*',   ')',    ';',    '~',
 | 
						|
/*  60 */   '-',   '/',      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  68 */     0,     0,    '|',     ',',    '%',   '_',    '>',    '?',
 | 
						|
/*  70 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  78 */     0,   '`',    ':',     '#',    '@',  '\'',    '=',    '"',
 | 
						|
/*  80 */     0,     7, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,     'l',      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
 | 
						|
/*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
 | 
						|
/*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
 | 
						|
/*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,     0,      0, -ESC_P,
 | 
						|
/*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
 | 
						|
/*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  F8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
 | 
						|
searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
 | 
						|
the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
 | 
						|
string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
 | 
						|
platforms. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct verbitem {
 | 
						|
  int   len;
 | 
						|
  int   op;
 | 
						|
} verbitem;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char verbnames[] =
 | 
						|
  STRING_ACCEPT0
 | 
						|
  STRING_COMMIT0
 | 
						|
  STRING_F0
 | 
						|
  STRING_FAIL0
 | 
						|
  STRING_PRUNE0
 | 
						|
  STRING_SKIP0
 | 
						|
  STRING_THEN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const verbitem verbs[] = {
 | 
						|
  { 6, OP_ACCEPT },
 | 
						|
  { 6, OP_COMMIT },
 | 
						|
  { 1, OP_FAIL },
 | 
						|
  { 4, OP_FAIL },
 | 
						|
  { 5, OP_PRUNE },
 | 
						|
  { 4, OP_SKIP  },
 | 
						|
  { 4, OP_THEN  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
 | 
						|
now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
 | 
						|
library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
 | 
						|
length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
 | 
						|
for handling case independence. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char posix_names[] =
 | 
						|
  STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
 | 
						|
  STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
 | 
						|
  STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
 | 
						|
  STRING_word0  STRING_xdigit;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uschar posix_name_lengths[] = {
 | 
						|
  5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
 | 
						|
base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
 | 
						|
classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
 | 
						|
characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
 | 
						|
character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
 | 
						|
second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
 | 
						|
addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
 | 
						|
absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
 | 
						|
remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
 | 
						|
  cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
 | 
						|
  cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
 | 
						|
  cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
 | 
						|
  cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
 | 
						|
  cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
 | 
						|
  cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
 | 
						|
  cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
 | 
						|
  cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
 | 
						|
  cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
 | 
						|
  cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
 | 
						|
  cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
 | 
						|
  cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
 | 
						|
  cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
 | 
						|
  cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define STRING(a)  # a
 | 
						|
#define XSTRING(s) STRING(s)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they
 | 
						|
are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because
 | 
						|
they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below
 | 
						|
are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce
 | 
						|
the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically,
 | 
						|
it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the
 | 
						|
lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we
 | 
						|
simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue
 | 
						|
because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char error_texts[] =
 | 
						|
  "no error\0"
 | 
						|
  "\\ at end of pattern\0"
 | 
						|
  "\\c at end of pattern\0"
 | 
						|
  "unrecognized character follows \\\0"
 | 
						|
  "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 5 */
 | 
						|
  "number too big in {} quantifier\0"
 | 
						|
  "missing terminating ] for character class\0"
 | 
						|
  "invalid escape sequence in character class\0"
 | 
						|
  "range out of order in character class\0"
 | 
						|
  "nothing to repeat\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 10 */
 | 
						|
  "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | 
						|
  "internal error: unexpected repeat\0"
 | 
						|
  "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0"
 | 
						|
  "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0"
 | 
						|
  "missing )\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 15 */
 | 
						|
  "reference to non-existent subpattern\0"
 | 
						|
  "erroffset passed as NULL\0"
 | 
						|
  "unknown option bit(s) set\0"
 | 
						|
  "missing ) after comment\0"
 | 
						|
  "parentheses nested too deeply\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | 
						|
  /* 20 */
 | 
						|
  "regular expression is too large\0"
 | 
						|
  "failed to get memory\0"
 | 
						|
  "unmatched parentheses\0"
 | 
						|
  "internal error: code overflow\0"
 | 
						|
  "unrecognized character after (?<\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 25 */
 | 
						|
  "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0"
 | 
						|
  "malformed number or name after (?(\0"
 | 
						|
  "conditional group contains more than two branches\0"
 | 
						|
  "assertion expected after (?(\0"
 | 
						|
  "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 30 */
 | 
						|
  "unknown POSIX class name\0"
 | 
						|
  "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0"
 | 
						|
  "this version of PCRE is not compiled with PCRE_UTF8 support\0"
 | 
						|
  "spare error\0"  /** DEAD **/
 | 
						|
  "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 35 */
 | 
						|
  "invalid condition (?(0)\0"
 | 
						|
  "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0"
 | 
						|
  "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N, \\U, or \\u\0"
 | 
						|
  "number after (?C is > 255\0"
 | 
						|
  "closing ) for (?C expected\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 40 */
 | 
						|
  "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0"
 | 
						|
  "unrecognized character after (?P\0"
 | 
						|
  "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0"
 | 
						|
  "two named subpatterns have the same name\0"
 | 
						|
  "invalid UTF-8 string\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 45 */
 | 
						|
  "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0"
 | 
						|
  "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0"
 | 
						|
  "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0"
 | 
						|
  "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0"
 | 
						|
  "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 50 */
 | 
						|
  "repeated subpattern is too long\0"    /** DEAD **/
 | 
						|
  "octal value is greater than \\377 (not in UTF-8 mode)\0"
 | 
						|
  "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0"
 | 
						|
  "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0"
 | 
						|
  "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 55 */
 | 
						|
  "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0"
 | 
						|
  "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0"
 | 
						|
  "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0"
 | 
						|
  "a numbered reference must not be zero\0"
 | 
						|
  "(*VERB) with an argument is not supported\0"
 | 
						|
  /* 60 */
 | 
						|
  "(*VERB) not recognized\0"
 | 
						|
  "number is too big\0"
 | 
						|
  "subpattern name expected\0"
 | 
						|
  "digit expected after (?+\0"
 | 
						|
  "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling
 | 
						|
patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and
 | 
						|
may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects
 | 
						|
to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have
 | 
						|
a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing
 | 
						|
character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some
 | 
						|
applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match
 | 
						|
efficiently.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  0x04   decimal digit
 | 
						|
  0x08   hexadecimal digit
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
 | 
						|
UTF-8 mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - '  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ( - /  */
 | 
						|
  0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  */
 | 
						|
  0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  8 - ?  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  @ - G  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H - O  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  P - W  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  X - _  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  ` - g  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h - o  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  p - w  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  x -127 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const unsigned char digitab[] =
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7  0 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 10 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 20 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 30 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 40 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  72- |     */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 50 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 60 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ?     */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "     */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g  80 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p  90 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x  A0 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /*  { - G  C0 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  } - P  D0 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  \ - X  E0 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239    */
 | 
						|
  0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
 | 
						|
  0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const unsigned char ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */
 | 
						|
  0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   0-  7 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*   8- 15 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  16- 23 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  24- 31 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /*  32- 39 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  40- 47 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  48- 55 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  56- 63 */
 | 
						|
  0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*    - 71 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /*  72- |  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  & - 87 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /*  88- 95 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  - -103 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ?  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- "  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g  */
 | 
						|
  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  h -143 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p  */
 | 
						|
  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  q -159 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x  */
 | 
						|
  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  y -175 */
 | 
						|
  0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  ^ -183 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */
 | 
						|
  0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /*  { - G  */
 | 
						|
  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  H -207 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  } - P  */
 | 
						|
  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Q -223 */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /*  \ - X  */
 | 
						|
  0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /*  Y -239 */
 | 
						|
  0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /*  0 - 7  */
 | 
						|
  0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/*  8 -255 */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Definition to allow mutual recursion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
  compile_regex(int, int, uschar **, const uschar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int,
 | 
						|
    int *, int *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*            Find an error text                  *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As
 | 
						|
some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets.
 | 
						|
Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue
 | 
						|
because it happens only when there has been a compilation error.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Argument:   the error number
 | 
						|
Returns:    pointer to the error string
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char *
 | 
						|
find_error_text(int n)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
const char *s = error_texts;
 | 
						|
for (; n > 0; n--) while (*s++ != 0) {};
 | 
						|
return s;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*            Handle escapes                      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
 | 
						|
positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or a negative value which
 | 
						|
encodes one of the more complicated things such as \d. A backreference to group
 | 
						|
n is returned as -(ESC_REF + n); ESC_REF is the highest ESC_xxx macro. When
 | 
						|
UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned. On entry,
 | 
						|
ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape
 | 
						|
sequence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable
 | 
						|
  bracount       number of previous extracting brackets
 | 
						|
  options        the options bits
 | 
						|
  isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         zero or positive => a data character
 | 
						|
                 negative => a special escape sequence
 | 
						|
                 on error, errorcodeptr is set
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
check_escape(const uschar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount,
 | 
						|
  int options, BOOL isclass)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | 
						|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1;
 | 
						|
int c, i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);           /* Get character value, increment pointer */
 | 
						|
ptr--;                            /* Set pointer back to the last byte */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (c == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup
 | 
						|
in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately.
 | 
						|
Otherwise further processing may be required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | 
						|
else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {}                     /* Not alphanumeric */
 | 
						|
else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) c = i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | 
						|
else if (c < 'a' || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0) {}   /* Not alphanumeric */
 | 
						|
else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0)  c = i;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  const uschar *oldptr;
 | 
						|
  BOOL braced, negated;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (c)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
 | 
						|
    error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_l:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_L:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_N:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_u:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_U:
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
 | 
						|
    backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
 | 
						|
    5.10 feature.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
 | 
						|
    is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
 | 
						|
    this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
 | 
						|
    was \k.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
 | 
						|
    number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
 | 
						|
    (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return
 | 
						|
    the -ESC_g code (cf \k). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_g:
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      c = -ESC_g;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      const uschar *p;
 | 
						|
      for (p = ptr+2; *p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++)
 | 
						|
        if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && (digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) break;
 | 
						|
      if (*p != 0 && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        c = -ESC_k;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      braced = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else braced = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      negated = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else negated = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    c = 0;
 | 
						|
    while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | 
						|
      c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c < 0)   /* Integer overflow */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c == 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (negated)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (c > bracount)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      c = bracount - (c - 1);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    c = -(ESC_REF + c);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
 | 
						|
    starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment,
 | 
						|
    the way Perl works seems to be as follows:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
 | 
						|
    number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting
 | 
						|
    left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal
 | 
						|
    digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal
 | 
						|
    123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal
 | 
						|
    value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a
 | 
						|
    character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!isclass)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      oldptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
      c -= CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
      while ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | 
						|
        c = c * 10 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
      if (c < 0)    /* Integer overflow */
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (c < 10 || c <= bracount)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        c = -(ESC_REF + c);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl
 | 
						|
    generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal.
 | 
						|
    Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      ptr--;
 | 
						|
      c = 0;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
 | 
						|
    larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
 | 
						|
    significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
 | 
						|
    to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode, but no more
 | 
						|
    than 3 octal digits. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_0:
 | 
						|
    c -= CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
    while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7)
 | 
						|
        c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
    if (!utf8 && c > 255) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater
 | 
						|
    than 0xff in utf8 mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { is
 | 
						|
    treated as a data character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_x:
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      const uschar *pt = ptr + 2;
 | 
						|
      int count = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      c = 0;
 | 
						|
      while ((digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        register int cc = *pt++;
 | 
						|
        if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
 | 
						|
        count++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | 
						|
        if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;               /* Convert to upper case */
 | 
						|
        c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | 
						|
#else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | 
						|
        if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;  /* Convert to upper case */
 | 
						|
        c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (c < 0 || count > (utf8? 8 : 2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
 | 
						|
        ptr = pt;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't
 | 
						|
      recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    c = 0;
 | 
						|
    while (i++ < 2 && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int cc;                                  /* Some compilers don't like */
 | 
						|
      cc = *(++ptr);                           /* ++ in initializers */
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | 
						|
      if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32;              /* Convert to upper case */
 | 
						|
      c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | 
						|
#else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | 
						|
      if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64;              /* Convert to upper case */
 | 
						|
      c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped.
 | 
						|
    This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is
 | 
						|
    ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_c:
 | 
						|
    c = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
    if (c == 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC  /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | 
						|
    if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32;
 | 
						|
    c ^= 0x40;
 | 
						|
#else           /* EBCDIC coding */
 | 
						|
    if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64;
 | 
						|
    c ^= 0xC0;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any
 | 
						|
    other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set;
 | 
						|
    otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit
 | 
						|
    odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may
 | 
						|
    be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*               Handle \P and \p                 *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
 | 
						|
PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is
 | 
						|
pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the
 | 
						|
escape sequence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Argument:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         points to the pattern position pointer
 | 
						|
  negptr         points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
 | 
						|
  dptr           points to an int that is set to the detailed property value
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   points to the error code variable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         type value from ucp_type_table, or -1 for an invalid type
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
get_ucp(const uschar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, int *dptr, int *errorcodeptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int c, i, bot, top;
 | 
						|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
char name[32];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
c = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*negptr = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
 | 
						|
negation. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *negptr = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < (int)sizeof(name) - 1; i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    c = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
    if (c == 0) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
 | 
						|
    name[i] = c;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  name[i] = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Otherwise there is just one following character */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  name[0] = c;
 | 
						|
  name[1] = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bot = 0;
 | 
						|
top = _pcre_utt_size;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (bot < top)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  i = (bot + top) >> 1;
 | 
						|
  c = strcmp(name, _pcre_utt_names + _pcre_utt[i].name_offset);
 | 
						|
  if (c == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *dptr = _pcre_utt[i].value;
 | 
						|
    return _pcre_utt[i].type;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (c > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*errorcodeptr = ERR47;
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ERROR_RETURN:
 | 
						|
*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*            Check for counted repeat            *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might
 | 
						|
start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not.
 | 
						|
It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd}
 | 
						|
where the ddds are digits.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  p         pointer to the first char after '{'
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:    TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
is_counted_repeat(const uschar *p)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
 | 
						|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((digitab[*p++] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Read repeat counts                     *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only
 | 
						|
after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists,
 | 
						|
so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  p              pointer to first char after '{'
 | 
						|
  minp           pointer to int for min
 | 
						|
  maxp           pointer to int for max
 | 
						|
                 returned as -1 if no max
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         pointer to '}' on success;
 | 
						|
                 current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uschar *
 | 
						|
read_repeat_counts(const uschar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int min = 0;
 | 
						|
int max = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates
 | 
						|
an integer overflow. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) min = min * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
if (min < 0 || min > 65535)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
 | 
						|
  return p;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size.
 | 
						|
Also, max must not be less than min. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    max = 0;
 | 
						|
    while((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) max = max * 10 + *p++ - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
    if (max < 0 || max > 65535)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR5;
 | 
						|
      return p;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    if (max < min)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
 | 
						|
      return p;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating
 | 
						|
'}'. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*minp = min;
 | 
						|
*maxp = max;
 | 
						|
return p;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*  Subroutine for finding forward reference      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The
 | 
						|
top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must
 | 
						|
start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
 | 
						|
subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
 | 
						|
name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
 | 
						|
returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. We know that if (?P< is
 | 
						|
encountered, the name will be terminated by '>' because that is checked in the
 | 
						|
first pass. Recursion is used to keep track of subpatterns that reset the
 | 
						|
capturing group numbers - the (?| feature.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr       address of the current character pointer (updated)
 | 
						|
  cd           compile background data
 | 
						|
  name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
 | 
						|
  lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
 | 
						|
  xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
 | 
						|
  count        pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:       the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
find_parens_sub(uschar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn,
 | 
						|
  BOOL xmode, int *count)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
int start_count = *count;
 | 
						|
int hwm_count = start_count;
 | 
						|
BOOL dup_parens = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are
 | 
						|
dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
 | 
						|
      ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    ptr += 3;
 | 
						|
    dup_parens = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *count += 1;
 | 
						|
    if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it
 | 
						|
  is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the
 | 
						|
  condition (there can't be any nested parens. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr != 0) ptr++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* We have either (? or (* and not a condition */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++;                      /* Allow optional P */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK &&
 | 
						|
        ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int term;
 | 
						|
      const uschar *thisname;
 | 
						|
      *count += 1;
 | 
						|
      if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count;
 | 
						|
      term = *ptr++;
 | 
						|
      if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | 
						|
      thisname = ptr;
 | 
						|
      while (*ptr != term) ptr++;
 | 
						|
      if (name != NULL && lorn == ptr - thisname &&
 | 
						|
          strncmp((const char *)name, (const char *)thisname, lorn) == 0)
 | 
						|
        return *count;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical
 | 
						|
bars. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | 
						|
      if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they
 | 
						|
  are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the
 | 
						|
  first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them
 | 
						|
  too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to
 | 
						|
  encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    BOOL negate_class = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    for (;;)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int c = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
        else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
 | 
						|
                 STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | 
						|
          ptr += 3;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
        negate_class = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      else break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be
 | 
						|
    skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
        (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0)
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == 0) return -1;
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (*(++ptr) == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {};
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | 
						|
          if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Skip comments in /x mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    while (*(++ptr) != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NL) {};
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | 
						|
    continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Check for the special metacharacters */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, count);
 | 
						|
    if (rc > 0) return rc;
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == 0) goto FAIL_EXIT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count;
 | 
						|
    *ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count;
 | 
						|
    *count = start_count;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
FAIL_EXIT:
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*       Find forward referenced subpattern       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing
 | 
						|
subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the
 | 
						|
name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it
 | 
						|
returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward
 | 
						|
references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the
 | 
						|
current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and
 | 
						|
do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate
 | 
						|
subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to
 | 
						|
take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track
 | 
						|
of the different types of group.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  cd           compile background data
 | 
						|
  name         name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern
 | 
						|
  lorn         name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL
 | 
						|
  xmode        TRUE if we are in /x mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:       the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
find_parens(compile_data *cd, const uschar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uschar *ptr = (uschar *)cd->start_pattern;
 | 
						|
int count = 0;
 | 
						|
int rc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call
 | 
						|
to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it
 | 
						|
does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the
 | 
						|
matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, &count);
 | 
						|
  if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == 0) break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return rc;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Find first significant op code            *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
 | 
						|
for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
 | 
						|
that do not influence this. For some calls, a change of option is important.
 | 
						|
For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward
 | 
						|
assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code         pointer to the start of the group
 | 
						|
  options      pointer to external options
 | 
						|
  optbit       the option bit whose changing is significant, or
 | 
						|
                 zero if none are
 | 
						|
  skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uschar*
 | 
						|
first_significant_code(const uschar *code, int *options, int optbit,
 | 
						|
  BOOL skipassert)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  switch ((int)*code)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case OP_OPT:
 | 
						|
    if (optbit > 0 && ((int)code[1] & optbit) != (*options & optbit))
 | 
						|
      *options = (int)code[1];
 | 
						|
    code += 2;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | 
						|
    if (!skipassert) return code;
 | 
						|
    do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | 
						|
    if (!skipassert) return code;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_CALLOUT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_RREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DEF:
 | 
						|
    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[*code];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return code;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*        Find the fixed length of a pattern      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan a pattern and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it,
 | 
						|
if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions.
 | 
						|
In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code     points to the start of the pattern (the bracket)
 | 
						|
  options  the compiling options
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:   the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length,
 | 
						|
             or -2 if \C was encountered
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
find_fixedlength(uschar *code, int options)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int length = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
register int branchlength = 0;
 | 
						|
register uschar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the
 | 
						|
branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int d;
 | 
						|
  register int op = *cc;
 | 
						|
  switch (op)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case OP_CBRA:
 | 
						|
    case OP_BRA:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ONCE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_COND:
 | 
						|
    d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? 2:0), options);
 | 
						|
    if (d < 0) return d;
 | 
						|
    branchlength += d;
 | 
						|
    do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested
 | 
						|
    call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is
 | 
						|
    END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_ALT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_KET:
 | 
						|
    case OP_KETRMAX:
 | 
						|
    case OP_KETRMIN:
 | 
						|
    case OP_END:
 | 
						|
    if (length < 0) length = branchlength;
 | 
						|
      else if (length != branchlength) return -1;
 | 
						|
    if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length;
 | 
						|
    cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    branchlength = 0;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | 
						|
    do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Skip over things that don't match chars */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_REVERSE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_RREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DEF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_OPT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CALLOUT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_SOD:
 | 
						|
    case OP_SOM:
 | 
						|
    case OP_EOD:
 | 
						|
    case OP_EODN:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CIRC:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DOLL:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | 
						|
    cc += _pcre_OP_lengths[*cc];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle literal characters */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT:
 | 
						|
    branchlength++;
 | 
						|
    cc += 2;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while ((*cc & 0xc0) == 0x80) cc++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we
 | 
						|
    need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode.  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
    branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | 
						|
    cc += 4;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while((*cc & 0x80) == 0x80) cc++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | 
						|
    branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | 
						|
    if (cc[3] == OP_PROP || cc[3] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2;
 | 
						|
    cc += 4;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle single-char matchers */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_PROP:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOTPROP:
 | 
						|
    cc += 2;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ANY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ALLANY:
 | 
						|
    branchlength++;
 | 
						|
    cc++;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_ANYBYTE:
 | 
						|
    return -2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Check a class for variable quantification */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    case OP_XCLASS:
 | 
						|
    cc += GET(cc, 1) - 33;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_CLASS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NCLASS:
 | 
						|
    cc += 33;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (*cc)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRRANGE:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINRANGE:
 | 
						|
      if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,3)) return -1;
 | 
						|
      branchlength += GET2(cc,1);
 | 
						|
      cc += 5;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      branchlength++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Anything else is variable length */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
/* Control never gets here */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Scan compiled regex for numbered bracket    *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a
 | 
						|
capturing bracket with the given number.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code        points to start of expression
 | 
						|
  utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | 
						|
  number      the required bracket number
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uschar *
 | 
						|
find_bracket(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8, int number)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  register int c = *code;
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
 | 
						|
  map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
 | 
						|
  the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle capturing bracket */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (c == OP_CBRA)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    int n = GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
    if (n == number) return (uschar *)code;
 | 
						|
    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | 
						|
  repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | 
						|
  two bytes of parameters. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by
 | 
						|
  a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to
 | 
						|
  arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if (utf8) switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
      case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_UPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_STAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    (void)(utf8);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an
 | 
						|
instance of OP_RECURSE.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code        points to start of expression
 | 
						|
  utf8        TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uschar *
 | 
						|
find_recurse(const uschar *code, BOOL utf8)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  register int c = *code;
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit
 | 
						|
  map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in
 | 
						|
  the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | 
						|
  repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | 
						|
  two bytes of parameters. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | 
						|
      if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed
 | 
						|
    by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have
 | 
						|
    to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if (utf8) switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
      case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_UPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_STAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      if (code[-1] >= 0xc0) code += _pcre_utf8_table4[code[-1] & 0x3f];
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    (void)(utf8);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it
 | 
						|
can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty()
 | 
						|
below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a
 | 
						|
group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over
 | 
						|
backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we
 | 
						|
hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner
 | 
						|
bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code        points to start of search
 | 
						|
  endcode     points to where to stop
 | 
						|
  utf8        TRUE if in UTF8 mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
could_be_empty_branch(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, BOOL utf8)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
register int c;
 | 
						|
for (code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code], NULL, 0, TRUE);
 | 
						|
     code < endcode;
 | 
						|
     code = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[c], NULL, 0, TRUE))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  const uschar *ccode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  c = *code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by
 | 
						|
  first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_ASSERT)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    c = *code;
 | 
						|
    continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    code += _pcre_OP_lengths[c];
 | 
						|
    do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    c = *code;
 | 
						|
    continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* For other groups, scan the branches. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_COND)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    BOOL empty_branch;
 | 
						|
    if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE;    /* Hit unclosed bracket */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied,
 | 
						|
    empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty.
 | 
						|
    Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT)
 | 
						|
      code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      empty_branch = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      do
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf8))
 | 
						|
          empty_branch = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
      if (!empty_branch) return FALSE;   /* All branches are non-empty */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    c = *code;
 | 
						|
    continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle the other opcodes */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (c)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that
 | 
						|
    cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single
 | 
						|
    high-valued characters. The length in _pcre_OP_lengths[] is zero; the
 | 
						|
    actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code"
 | 
						|
    here. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    case OP_XCLASS:
 | 
						|
    ccode = code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_CLASS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NCLASS:
 | 
						|
    ccode = code + 33;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (*ccode)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRSTAR:            /* These could be empty; continue */
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default:                   /* Non-repeat => class must match */
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRPLUS:            /* These repeats aren't empty */
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRRANGE:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CRMINRANGE:
 | 
						|
      if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE;  /* Minimum > 0 */
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Opcodes that must match a character */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_PROP:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOTPROP:
 | 
						|
    case OP_EXTUNI:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ANY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ALLANY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ANYBYTE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_MINPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_POSPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOTPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to
 | 
						|
    fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | 
						|
    if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Same for these */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | 
						|
    if (code[3] == OP_PROP || code[3] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* End of branch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_KET:
 | 
						|
    case OP_KETRMAX:
 | 
						|
    case OP_KETRMIN:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ALT:
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO,
 | 
						|
    MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    case OP_STAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_MINSTAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_POSSTAR:
 | 
						|
    case OP_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_MINQUERY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_POSQUERY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_UPTO:
 | 
						|
    case OP_MINUPTO:
 | 
						|
    case OP_POSUPTO:
 | 
						|
    if (utf8) while ((code[2] & 0xc0) == 0x80) code++;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check
 | 
						|
the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty
 | 
						|
string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels,
 | 
						|
stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code        points to start of the recursion
 | 
						|
  endcode     points to where to stop (current RECURSE item)
 | 
						|
  bcptr       points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts
 | 
						|
  utf8        TRUE if in UTF-8 mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      TRUE if what is matched could be empty
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
could_be_empty(const uschar *code, const uschar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr,
 | 
						|
  BOOL utf8)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current >= code)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current, endcode, utf8)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  bcptr = bcptr->outer;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
 | 
						|
encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
 | 
						|
sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
 | 
						|
reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
 | 
						|
terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
 | 
						|
though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
 | 
						|
"Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
 | 
						|
didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
 | 
						|
have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
 | 
						|
class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
 | 
						|
below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape
 | 
						|
processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:]
 | 
						|
where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize
 | 
						|
"l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does,
 | 
						|
I think.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptr      pointer to the initial [
 | 
						|
  endptr   where to return the end pointer
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
check_posix_syntax(const uschar *ptr, const uschar **endptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int terminator;          /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
 | 
						|
terminator = *(++ptr);   /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
 | 
						|
for (++ptr; *ptr != 0; ptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) ptr++; else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *endptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*          Check POSIX class name                *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
 | 
						|
such as [:alnum:].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptr        points to the first letter
 | 
						|
  len        the length of the name
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
check_posix_name(const uschar *ptr, int len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
const char *pn = posix_names;
 | 
						|
register int yield = 0;
 | 
						|
while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
 | 
						|
    strncmp((const char *)ptr, pn, len) == 0) return yield;
 | 
						|
  pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
 | 
						|
  yield++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group   *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group
 | 
						|
that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed
 | 
						|
repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to
 | 
						|
earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is
 | 
						|
optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is
 | 
						|
inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE
 | 
						|
items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to
 | 
						|
have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it
 | 
						|
is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with
 | 
						|
OP_END.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for
 | 
						|
recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references
 | 
						|
for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in
 | 
						|
the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the
 | 
						|
value in the reference (which is a group number).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  group      points to the start of the group
 | 
						|
  adjust     the amount by which the group is to be moved
 | 
						|
  utf8       TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | 
						|
  cd         contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
  save_hwm   the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     nothing
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
adjust_recurse(uschar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf8, compile_data *cd,
 | 
						|
  uschar *save_hwm)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uschar *ptr = group;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while ((ptr = (uschar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf8)) != NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int offset;
 | 
						|
  uschar *hc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the
 | 
						|
  reference. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    offset = GET(hc, 0);
 | 
						|
    if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this
 | 
						|
  group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (hc >= cd->hwm)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    offset = GET(ptr, 1);
 | 
						|
    if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*        Insert an automatic callout point       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert
 | 
						|
callout points before each pattern item.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code           current code pointer
 | 
						|
  ptr            current pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  cd             pointers to tables etc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         new code pointer
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uschar *
 | 
						|
auto_callout(uschar *code, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
*code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
 | 
						|
*code++ = 255;
 | 
						|
PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern);  /* Pattern offset */
 | 
						|
PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                /* Default length */
 | 
						|
return code + 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Complete a callout item                *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which
 | 
						|
we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used
 | 
						|
for both automatic and manual callouts.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  previous_callout   points to previous callout item
 | 
						|
  ptr                current pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  cd                 pointers to tables etc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:             nothing
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
complete_callout(uschar *previous_callout, const uschar *ptr, compile_data *cd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int length = ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2);
 | 
						|
PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*           Get othercase range                  *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode
 | 
						|
with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for internal ranges of
 | 
						|
characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the
 | 
						|
start address.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  cptr        points to starting character value; updated
 | 
						|
  d           end value
 | 
						|
  ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
 | 
						|
  odptr       where to put end of othercase range
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Yield:        TRUE when range returned; FALSE when no more
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
get_othercase_range(unsigned int *cptr, unsigned int d, unsigned int *ocptr,
 | 
						|
  unsigned int *odptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
unsigned int c, othercase, next;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
 | 
						|
  { if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (c > d) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*ocptr = othercase;
 | 
						|
next = othercase + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (++c; c <= d; c++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
 | 
						|
  next++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*odptr = next - 1;
 | 
						|
*cptr = c;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*     Check if auto-possessifying is possible    *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see
 | 
						|
whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes
 | 
						|
sense to automatically possessify the repeated item.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  op_code       the repeated op code
 | 
						|
  this          data for this item, depends on the opcode
 | 
						|
  utf8          TRUE in UTF-8 mode
 | 
						|
  utf8_char     used for utf8 character bytes, NULL if not relevant
 | 
						|
  ptr           next character in pattern
 | 
						|
  options       options bits
 | 
						|
  cd            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        TRUE if possessifying is wanted
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
check_auto_possessive(int op_code, int item, BOOL utf8, uschar *utf8_char,
 | 
						|
  const uschar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int next;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  for (;;)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while (*(++ptr) != 0)
 | 
						|
        if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative
 | 
						|
value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int temperrorcode = 0;
 | 
						|
  next = check_escape(&ptr, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  ptr++;    /* Point after the escape sequence */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else if ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
  if (utf8) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  next = *ptr++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  for (;;)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++;
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while (*(++ptr) != 0)
 | 
						|
        if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | 
						|
  strncmp((char *)ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0)
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. If the previous is a
 | 
						|
positive single character match, "item" either contains the character or, if
 | 
						|
"item" is greater than 127 in utf8 mode, the character's bytes are in
 | 
						|
utf8_char. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Handle cases when the next item is a character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (next >= 0) switch(op_code)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
  if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  (void)(utf8_char);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  return item != next;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* For CHARNC (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have
 | 
						|
  Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of
 | 
						|
  high-valued characters. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
  if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  if (item == next) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
  if (utf8)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    unsigned int othercase;
 | 
						|
    if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
    othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE((unsigned int)next);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    othercase = NOTACHAR;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    return (unsigned int)item != othercase;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | 
						|
  return (item != cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* For OP_NOT, "item" must be a single-byte character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT:
 | 
						|
  if (item == next) return TRUE;
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
  if (utf8)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    unsigned int othercase;
 | 
						|
    if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
    othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next);
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    othercase = NOTACHAR;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    return (unsigned int)item == othercase;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | 
						|
  return (item == cd->fcc[next]);  /* Non-UTF-8 mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
  return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
  return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
  return next > 127 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
  return next <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_HSPACE:
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | 
						|
  switch(next)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case 0x09:
 | 
						|
    case 0x20:
 | 
						|
    case 0xa0:
 | 
						|
    case 0x1680:
 | 
						|
    case 0x180e:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2000:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2001:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2002:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2003:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2004:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2005:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2006:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2007:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2008:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2009:
 | 
						|
    case 0x200A:
 | 
						|
    case 0x202f:
 | 
						|
    case 0x205f:
 | 
						|
    case 0x3000:
 | 
						|
    return op_code != OP_HSPACE;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return op_code == OP_HSPACE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_VSPACE:
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | 
						|
  switch(next)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case 0x0a:
 | 
						|
    case 0x0b:
 | 
						|
    case 0x0c:
 | 
						|
    case 0x0d:
 | 
						|
    case 0x85:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2028:
 | 
						|
    case 0x2029:
 | 
						|
    return op_code != OP_VSPACE;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return op_code == OP_VSPACE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
switch(op_code)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
  case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
  if (utf8 && item > 127) { GETCHAR(item, utf8_char); }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  switch(-next)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
    return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) == 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
    return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_digit) != 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
    return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) == 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
    return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_space) != 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
    return item > 127 || (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) == 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
    return item <= 127 && (cd->ctypes[item] & ctype_word) != 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_h:
 | 
						|
    case ESC_H:
 | 
						|
    switch(item)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case 0x09:
 | 
						|
      case 0x20:
 | 
						|
      case 0xa0:
 | 
						|
      case 0x1680:
 | 
						|
      case 0x180e:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2000:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2001:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2002:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2003:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2004:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2005:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2006:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2007:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2008:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2009:
 | 
						|
      case 0x200A:
 | 
						|
      case 0x202f:
 | 
						|
      case 0x205f:
 | 
						|
      case 0x3000:
 | 
						|
      return -next != ESC_h;
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      return -next == ESC_h;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ESC_v:
 | 
						|
    case ESC_V:
 | 
						|
    switch(item)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case 0x0a:
 | 
						|
      case 0x0b:
 | 
						|
      case 0x0c:
 | 
						|
      case 0x0d:
 | 
						|
      case 0x85:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2028:
 | 
						|
      case 0x2029:
 | 
						|
      return -next != ESC_v;
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      return -next == ESC_v;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_D || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_W ||
 | 
						|
         next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_DIGIT:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_d;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_HSPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_S || next == -ESC_H || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_HSPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_h;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */
 | 
						|
  case OP_VSPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_V || next == -ESC_d || next == -ESC_w;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_VSPACE:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_W || next == -ESC_s || next == -ESC_h || next == -ESC_v;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR:
 | 
						|
  return next == -ESC_w || next == -ESC_d;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Control does not reach here */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*           Compile one branch                   *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are
 | 
						|
changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options
 | 
						|
bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying
 | 
						|
to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile
 | 
						|
phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  optionsptr     pointer to the option bits
 | 
						|
  codeptr        points to the pointer to the current code point
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         points to the current pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | 
						|
  firstbyteptr   set to initial literal character, or < 0 (REQ_UNSET, REQ_NONE)
 | 
						|
  reqbyteptr     set to the last literal character required, else < 0
 | 
						|
  bcptr          points to current branch chain
 | 
						|
  cd             contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
  lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
 | 
						|
                 points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         TRUE on success
 | 
						|
                 FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
compile_branch(int *optionsptr, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
 | 
						|
  int *errorcodeptr, int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
 | 
						|
  compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int repeat_type, op_type;
 | 
						|
int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
 | 
						|
int bravalue = 0;
 | 
						|
int greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
 | 
						|
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
 | 
						|
int zeroreqbyte, zerofirstbyte;
 | 
						|
int req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
 | 
						|
int options = *optionsptr;
 | 
						|
int after_manual_callout = 0;
 | 
						|
int length_prevgroup = 0;
 | 
						|
register int c;
 | 
						|
register uschar *code = *codeptr;
 | 
						|
uschar *last_code = code;
 | 
						|
uschar *orig_code = code;
 | 
						|
uschar *tempcode;
 | 
						|
BOOL inescq = FALSE;
 | 
						|
BOOL groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
 | 
						|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
const uschar *tempptr;
 | 
						|
uschar *previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
uschar *previous_callout = NULL;
 | 
						|
uschar *save_hwm = NULL;
 | 
						|
uschar classbits[32];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
BOOL class_utf8;
 | 
						|
BOOL utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | 
						|
uschar *class_utf8data;
 | 
						|
uschar *class_utf8data_base;
 | 
						|
uschar utf8_char[6];
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
BOOL utf8 = FALSE;
 | 
						|
uschar *utf8_char = NULL;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n"));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | 
						|
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char
 | 
						|
matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
 | 
						|
matches a non-fixed char first char; reqbyte just remains unset if we never
 | 
						|
find one.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
 | 
						|
to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
 | 
						|
zerofirstbyte and zeroreqbyte when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
 | 
						|
item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
firstbyte = reqbyte = zerofirstbyte = zeroreqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
 | 
						|
according to the current setting of the caseless flag. REQ_CASELESS is a bit
 | 
						|
value > 255. It is added into the firstbyte or reqbyte variables to record the
 | 
						|
case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;; ptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  BOOL negate_class;
 | 
						|
  BOOL should_flip_negation;
 | 
						|
  BOOL possessive_quantifier;
 | 
						|
  BOOL is_quantifier;
 | 
						|
  BOOL is_recurse;
 | 
						|
  BOOL reset_bracount;
 | 
						|
  int class_charcount;
 | 
						|
  int class_lastchar;
 | 
						|
  int newoptions;
 | 
						|
  int recno;
 | 
						|
  int refsign;
 | 
						|
  int skipbytes;
 | 
						|
  int subreqbyte;
 | 
						|
  int subfirstbyte;
 | 
						|
  int terminator;
 | 
						|
  int mclength;
 | 
						|
  uschar mcbuffer[8];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Get next byte in the pattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  c = *ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
 | 
						|
  previous cycle of this loop. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
    if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code;                 /* High water info */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (code > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) /* Check for overrun */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
 | 
						|
    case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time,
 | 
						|
    the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to
 | 
						|
    allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *lengthptr += code - last_code;
 | 
						|
    DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c\n", *lengthptr, code - last_code, c));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move
 | 
						|
    it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise,
 | 
						|
    if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (previous != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (previous > orig_code)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        memmove(orig_code, previous, code - previous);
 | 
						|
        code -= previous - orig_code;
 | 
						|
        previous = orig_code;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else code = orig_code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length
 | 
						|
    next time round. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    last_code = code;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward
 | 
						|
  reference list. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + COMPILE_WORK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR52;
 | 
						|
    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (inescq && c != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      inescq = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (previous_callout != NULL)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr == NULL)  /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
          complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
 | 
						|
        previous_callout = NULL;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        previous_callout = code;
 | 
						|
        code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is
 | 
						|
  a quantifier. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  is_quantifier =
 | 
						|
    c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK ||
 | 
						|
    (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL &&
 | 
						|
       after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr == NULL)      /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
      complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd);
 | 
						|
    previous_callout = NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if ((cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while (*(++ptr) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr != 0) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Else fall through to handle end of string */
 | 
						|
      c = 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    previous_callout = code;
 | 
						|
    code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch(c)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    case 0:                        /* The branch terminates at string end */
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:       /* or | or ) */
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
    *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
    *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
    *codeptr = code;
 | 
						|
    *ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += code - last_code;   /* To include callout length */
 | 
						|
      DPRINTF((">> end branch\n"));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
 | 
						|
    the setting of any following char as a first character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = OP_CIRC;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
 | 
						|
    previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = OP_DOLL;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
 | 
						|
    repeats. The value of reqbyte doesn't change either. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_DOT:
 | 
						|
    if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
    previous = code;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a
 | 
						|
    32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case
 | 
						|
    where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the
 | 
						|
    map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode
 | 
						|
    so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
 | 
						|
    opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
 | 
						|
    but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells
 | 
						|
    whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In
 | 
						|
    default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | 
						|
    if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | 
						|
    previous = code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
 | 
						|
    they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | 
						|
         ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
 | 
						|
        check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also,
 | 
						|
    if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we
 | 
						|
    skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    negate_class = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    for (;;)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      c = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
        else if (strncmp((const char *)ptr+1,
 | 
						|
                          STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | 
						|
          ptr += 3;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
        negate_class = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      else break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise,
 | 
						|
    an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles
 | 
						|
    that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas
 | 
						|
    [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
        (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
 | 
						|
      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the
 | 
						|
    negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works
 | 
						|
    correctly (they are all included in the class). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    should_flip_negation = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Keep a count of chars with values < 256 so that we can optimize the case
 | 
						|
    of just a single character (as long as it's < 256). However, For higher
 | 
						|
    valued UTF-8 characters, we don't yet do any optimization. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    class_charcount = 0;
 | 
						|
    class_lastchar = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a
 | 
						|
    temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains only 1 character (less
 | 
						|
    than 256), because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uschar));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    class_utf8 = FALSE;                       /* No chars >= 256 */
 | 
						|
    class_utf8data = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;    /* For UTF-8 items */
 | 
						|
    class_utf8data_base = class_utf8data;     /* For resetting in pass 1 */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it
 | 
						|
    means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the
 | 
						|
    loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c != 0) do
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      const uschar *oldptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
      if (utf8 && c > 127)
 | 
						|
        {                           /* Braces are required because the */
 | 
						|
        GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any UTF-8 extra
 | 
						|
      data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that
 | 
						|
      contain a zillion UTF-8 characters no longer overwrite the work space
 | 
						|
      (which is on the stack). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *lengthptr += class_utf8data - class_utf8data_base;
 | 
						|
        class_utf8data = class_utf8data_base;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (inescq)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)  /* If we are at \E */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
 | 
						|
          ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
 | 
						|
          continue;                         /* Carry on with next */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        goto CHECK_RANGE;                   /* Could be range if \E follows */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
 | 
						|
      form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
 | 
						|
      treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
 | 
						|
      [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
 | 
						|
      5.6 and 5.8 do. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
          (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT ||
 | 
						|
           ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        BOOL local_negate = FALSE;
 | 
						|
        int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt;
 | 
						|
        register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
 | 
						|
        uschar pbits[32];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR31;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          local_negate = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          should_flip_negation = TRUE;  /* Note negative special */
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, tempptr - ptr);
 | 
						|
        if (posix_class < 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR30;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to
 | 
						|
        alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with
 | 
						|
        alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
 | 
						|
          posix_class = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* We build the bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store
 | 
						|
        because we may be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to
 | 
						|
        subtract bits that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the
 | 
						|
        result into the bit map that is being built. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        posix_class *= 3;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
 | 
						|
          32 * sizeof(uschar));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
 | 
						|
        tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (taboffset >= 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (tabopt >= 0)
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset];
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset];
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Not see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
 | 
						|
        value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
 | 
						|
        if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
 | 
						|
          else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
 | 
						|
        being built and we are done. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (local_negate)
 | 
						|
          for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c];
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ptr = tempptr + 1;
 | 
						|
        class_charcount = 10;  /* Set > 1; assumes more than 1 per class */
 | 
						|
        continue;    /* End of POSIX syntax handling */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one
 | 
						|
      of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special
 | 
						|
      case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace.
 | 
						|
      Elsewhere it marks a word boundary. Other escapes have preset maps ready
 | 
						|
      to 'or' into the one we are building. We assume they have more than one
 | 
						|
      character in them, so set class_charcount bigger than one. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
 | 
						|
        if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (-c == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS;       /* \b is backspace in a class */
 | 
						|
        else if (-c == ESC_X) c = CHAR_X;   /* \X is literal X in a class */
 | 
						|
        else if (-c == ESC_R) c = CHAR_R;   /* \R is literal R in a class */
 | 
						|
        else if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else inescq = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Ignore orphan \E */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (c < 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          register const uschar *cbits = cd->cbits;
 | 
						|
          class_charcount += 2;     /* Greater than 1 is what matters */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Save time by not doing this in the pre-compile phase. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (lengthptr == NULL) switch (-c)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit];
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
            should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit];
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word];
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
            should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word];
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space];
 | 
						|
            classbits[1] &= ~0x08;   /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
            should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space];
 | 
						|
            classbits[1] |= 0x08;    /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            default:    /* Not recognized; fall through */
 | 
						|
            break;      /* Need "default" setting to stop compiler warning. */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* In the pre-compile phase, just do the recognition. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          else if (c == -ESC_d || c == -ESC_D || c == -ESC_w ||
 | 
						|
                   c == -ESC_W || c == -ESC_s || c == -ESC_S) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* We need to deal with \H, \h, \V, and \v in both phases because
 | 
						|
          they use extra memory. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (-c == ESC_h)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x09); /* VT */
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x20); /* SPACE */
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0xa0); /* NSBP */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
            if (utf8)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1680, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180e, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2000, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200A, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202f, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205f, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3000, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (-c == ESC_H)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              int x = 0xff;
 | 
						|
              switch (c)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                case 0x09/8: x ^= 1 << (0x09%8); break;
 | 
						|
                case 0x20/8: x ^= 1 << (0x20%8); break;
 | 
						|
                case 0xa0/8: x ^= 1 << (0xa0%8); break;
 | 
						|
                default: break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              classbits[c] |= x;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
            if (utf8)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x167f, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1681, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180d, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x180f, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x1fff, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x200B, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x202e, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2030, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x205e, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2060, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2fff, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x3001, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (-c == ESC_v)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x0a); /* LF */
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x0b); /* VT */
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x0c); /* FF */
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x0d); /* CR */
 | 
						|
            SETBIT(classbits, 0x85); /* NEL */
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
            if (utf8)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2028, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (-c == ESC_V)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            for (c = 0; c < 32; c++)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              int x = 0xff;
 | 
						|
              switch (c)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                case 0x0a/8: x ^= 1 << (0x0a%8);
 | 
						|
                             x ^= 1 << (0x0b%8);
 | 
						|
                             x ^= 1 << (0x0c%8);
 | 
						|
                             x ^= 1 << (0x0d%8);
 | 
						|
                             break;
 | 
						|
                case 0x85/8: x ^= 1 << (0x85%8); break;
 | 
						|
                default: break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              classbits[c] |= x;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
            if (utf8)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x0100, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2027, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x2029, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(0x7fffffff, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* We need to deal with \P and \p in both phases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
          if (-c == ESC_p || -c == ESC_P)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            BOOL negated;
 | 
						|
            int pdata;
 | 
						|
            int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
 | 
						|
            if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
            *class_utf8data++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)?
 | 
						|
              XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
 | 
						|
            *class_utf8data++ = ptype;
 | 
						|
            *class_utf8data++ = pdata;
 | 
						|
            class_charcount -= 2;   /* Not a < 256 character */
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its
 | 
						|
          strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are
 | 
						|
          treated as literals. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR7;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          class_charcount -= 2;  /* Undo the default count from above */
 | 
						|
          c = *ptr;              /* Get the final character and fall through */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Fall through if we have a single character (c >= 0). This may be
 | 
						|
        greater than 256 in UTF-8 mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        }   /* End of backslash handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A single character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However,
 | 
						|
      Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character
 | 
						|
      at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences
 | 
						|
      entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      CHECK_RANGE:
 | 
						|
      while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        inescq = FALSE;
 | 
						|
        ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      oldptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Remember \r or \n */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Check for range */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        int d;
 | 
						|
        ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
        while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped
 | 
						|
        mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
            { ptr += 2; continue; }
 | 
						|
          inescq = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == 0 || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr = oldptr;
 | 
						|
          goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
        if (utf8)
 | 
						|
          {                           /* Braces are required because the */
 | 
						|
          GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr);    /* macro generates multiple statements */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        d = *ptr;  /* Not UTF-8 mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but
 | 
						|
        not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal
 | 
						|
        in such circumstances. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          d = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE);
 | 
						|
          if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* \b is backspace; \X is literal X; \R is literal R; any other
 | 
						|
          special means the '-' was literal */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (d < 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (d == -ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS;
 | 
						|
            else if (d == -ESC_X) d = CHAR_X;
 | 
						|
            else if (d == -ESC_R) d = CHAR_R; else
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              ptr = oldptr;
 | 
						|
              goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize
 | 
						|
        one-character ranges */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (d < c)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR8;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (d == c) goto LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER;  /* A few lines below */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Remember \r or \n */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In UTF-8 mode, if the upper limit is > 255, or > 127 for caseless
 | 
						|
        matching, we have to use an XCLASS with extra data items. Caseless
 | 
						|
        matching for characters > 127 is available only if UCP support is
 | 
						|
        available. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
        if (utf8 && (d > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && d > 127)))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* With UCP support, we can find the other case equivalents of
 | 
						|
          the relevant characters. There may be several ranges. Optimize how
 | 
						|
          they fit with the basic range. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
          if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            unsigned int occ, ocd;
 | 
						|
            unsigned int cc = c;
 | 
						|
            unsigned int origd = d;
 | 
						|
            while (get_othercase_range(&cc, origd, &occ, &ocd))
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              if (occ >= (unsigned int)c &&
 | 
						|
                  ocd <= (unsigned int)d)
 | 
						|
                continue;                          /* Skip embedded ranges */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              if (occ < (unsigned int)c  &&
 | 
						|
                  ocd >= (unsigned int)c - 1)      /* Extend the basic range */
 | 
						|
                {                                  /* if there is overlap,   */
 | 
						|
                c = occ;                           /* noting that if occ < c */
 | 
						|
                continue;                          /* we can't have ocd > d  */
 | 
						|
                }                                  /* because a subrange is  */
 | 
						|
              if (ocd > (unsigned int)d &&
 | 
						|
                  occ <= (unsigned int)d + 1)      /* always shorter than    */
 | 
						|
                {                                  /* the basic range.       */
 | 
						|
                d = ocd;
 | 
						|
                continue;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              if (occ == ocd)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              else
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
                class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(occ, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(ocd, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Now record the original range, possibly modified for UCP caseless
 | 
						|
          overlapping ranges. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          *class_utf8data++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
          class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
          class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(d, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* With UCP support, we are done. Without UCP support, there is no
 | 
						|
          caseless matching for UTF-8 characters > 127; we can use the bit map
 | 
						|
          for the smaller ones. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
          continue;    /* With next character in the class */
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
          if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) == 0 || c > 127) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Adjust upper limit and fall through to set up the map */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          d = 127;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* We use the bit map for all cases when not in UTF-8 mode; else
 | 
						|
        ranges that lie entirely within 0-127 when there is UCP support; else
 | 
						|
        for partial ranges without UCP support. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        class_charcount += d - c + 1;
 | 
						|
        class_lastchar = d;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* We can save a bit of time by skipping this in the pre-compile. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr == NULL) for (; c <= d; c++)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
 | 
						|
          if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            int uc = cd->fcc[c];           /* flip case */
 | 
						|
            classbits[uc/8] |= (1 << (uc&7));
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        continue;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a lone single character - we can get here for a normal
 | 
						|
      non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an
 | 
						|
      apparent range that isn't. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      LONE_SINGLE_CHARACTER:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a character that cannot go in the bit map */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
      if (utf8 && (c > 255 || ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && c > 127)))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        class_utf8 = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
        class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(c, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          unsigned int othercase;
 | 
						|
          if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *class_utf8data++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
            class_utf8data += _pcre_ord2utf8(othercase, class_utf8data);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UCP */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UTF8 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a single-byte character */
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          c = cd->fcc[c];   /* flip case */
 | 
						|
          classbits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7));
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        class_charcount++;
 | 
						|
        class_lastchar = c;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" above. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c == 0)                          /* Missing terminating ']' */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR6;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This code has been disabled because it would mean that \s counts as
 | 
						|
an explicit \r or \n reference, and that's not really what is wanted. Now
 | 
						|
we set the flag only if there is a literal "\r" or "\n" in the class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
    /* Remember whether \r or \n are in this class */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (negate_class)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0x24) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if ((classbits[1] & 0x24) != 0) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If class_charcount is 1, we saw precisely one character whose value is
 | 
						|
    less than 256. As long as there were no characters >= 128 and there was no
 | 
						|
    use of \p or \P, in other words, no use of any XCLASS features, we can
 | 
						|
    optimize.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In UTF-8 mode, we can optimize the negative case only if there were no
 | 
						|
    characters >= 128 because OP_NOT and the related opcodes like OP_NOTSTAR
 | 
						|
    operate on single-bytes only. This is an historical hangover. Maybe one day
 | 
						|
    we can tidy these opcodes to handle multi-byte characters.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    The optimization throws away the bit map. We turn the item into a
 | 
						|
    1-character OP_CHAR[NC] if it's positive, or OP_NOT if it's negative. Note
 | 
						|
    that OP_NOT does not support multibyte characters. In the positive case, it
 | 
						|
    can cause firstbyte to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if
 | 
						|
    this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of
 | 
						|
    reqbyte, save the previous value for reinstating. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if (class_charcount == 1 && !class_utf8 &&
 | 
						|
      (!utf8 || !negate_class || class_lastchar < 128))
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    if (class_charcount == 1)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The OP_NOT opcode works on one-byte characters only. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (negate_class)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_NOT;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = class_lastchar;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and
 | 
						|
      then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
      if (utf8 && class_lastchar > 127)
 | 
						|
        mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(class_lastchar, mcbuffer);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        mcbuffer[0] = class_lastchar;
 | 
						|
        mclength = 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      goto ONE_CHAR;
 | 
						|
      }       /* End of 1-char optimization */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The general case - not the one-char optimization. If this is the first
 | 
						|
    thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the
 | 
						|
    repeat count. Any reqbyte setting must remain unchanged after any kind of
 | 
						|
    repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an
 | 
						|
    extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special
 | 
						|
    such as \S in the class, because in that case all characters > 255 are in
 | 
						|
    the class, so any that were explicitly given as well can be ignored. If
 | 
						|
    (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must be listed) there are no
 | 
						|
    characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if (class_utf8 && !should_flip_negation)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *class_utf8data++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
 | 
						|
      code += LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT : 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
 | 
						|
      otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (class_charcount > 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
 | 
						|
        memmove(code + 32, code, class_utf8data - code);
 | 
						|
        memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | 
						|
        code = class_utf8data + 32;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else code = class_utf8data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      PUT(previous, 1, code - previous);
 | 
						|
      break;   /* End of class handling */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If there are no characters > 255, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or
 | 
						|
    OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the whole class was negated and whether
 | 
						|
    there were negative specials such as \S in the class. Then copy the 32-byte
 | 
						|
    map into the code vector, negating it if necessary. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
 | 
						|
    if (negate_class)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
        for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) code[c] = ~classbits[c];
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    code += 32;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this
 | 
						|
    has been tested above. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
 | 
						|
    if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | 
						|
    ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr);
 | 
						|
    if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    goto REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_ASTERISK:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = 0;
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = -1;
 | 
						|
    goto REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = 1;
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = -1;
 | 
						|
    goto REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = 0;
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    REPEAT:
 | 
						|
    if (previous == NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR9;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (repeat_min == 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      firstbyte = zerofirstbyte;    /* Adjust for zero repeat */
 | 
						|
      reqbyte = zeroreqbyte;        /* Ditto */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    op_type = 0;                    /* Default single-char op codes */
 | 
						|
    possessive_quantifier = FALSE;  /* Default not possessive quantifier */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up to make space
 | 
						|
    for an inserted OP_ONCE for the additional '+' extension. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    tempcode = previous;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This
 | 
						|
    implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option.
 | 
						|
    If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default,
 | 
						|
    but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the
 | 
						|
    repeat type to the non-default. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
 | 
						|
      possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else repeat_type = greedy_default;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous was a character match, abolish the item and generate a
 | 
						|
    repeat item instead. If a char item has a minumum of more than one, ensure
 | 
						|
    that it is set in reqbyte - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is
 | 
						|
    the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstbyte
 | 
						|
    instead.  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARNC)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* Deal with UTF-8 characters that take up more than one byte. It's
 | 
						|
      easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to
 | 
						|
      hold the length of the character in bytes, plus 0x80 to flag that it's a
 | 
						|
      length rather than a small character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
      if (utf8 && (code[-1] & 0x80) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        uschar *lastchar = code - 1;
 | 
						|
        while((*lastchar & 0xc0) == 0x80) lastchar--;
 | 
						|
        c = code - lastchar;            /* Length of UTF-8 character */
 | 
						|
        memcpy(utf8_char, lastchar, c); /* Save the char */
 | 
						|
        c |= 0x80;                      /* Flag c as a length */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle the case of a single byte - either with no UTF8 support, or
 | 
						|
      with UTF-8 disabled, or for a UTF-8 character < 128. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        c = code[-1];
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_min > 1) reqbyte = c | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on
 | 
						|
      the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so,
 | 
						|
      automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case
 | 
						|
      where the match fails. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | 
						|
          repeat_max < 0 &&
 | 
						|
          check_auto_possessive(*previous, c, utf8, utf8_char, ptr + 1,
 | 
						|
            options, cd))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | 
						|
        possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;   /* Code shared with single character types */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous was a single negated character ([^a] or similar), we use
 | 
						|
    one of the special opcodes, replacing it. The code is shared with single-
 | 
						|
    character repeats by setting opt_type to add a suitable offset into
 | 
						|
    repeat_type. We can also test for auto-possessification. OP_NOT is
 | 
						|
    currently used only for single-byte chars. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (*previous == OP_NOT)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use "not" opcodes */
 | 
						|
      c = previous[1];
 | 
						|
      if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | 
						|
          repeat_max < 0 &&
 | 
						|
          check_auto_possessive(OP_NOT, c, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | 
						|
        possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
 | 
						|
    create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
 | 
						|
    repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note
 | 
						|
    the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is
 | 
						|
    defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just
 | 
						|
    makes it horribly messy. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (*previous < OP_EODN)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uschar *oldcode;
 | 
						|
      int prop_type, prop_value;
 | 
						|
      op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;  /* Use type opcodes */
 | 
						|
      c = *previous;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!possessive_quantifier &&
 | 
						|
          repeat_max < 0 &&
 | 
						|
          check_auto_possessive(c, 0, utf8, NULL, ptr + 1, options, cd))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        repeat_type = 0;    /* Force greedy */
 | 
						|
        possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
 | 
						|
      if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        prop_type = previous[1];
 | 
						|
        prop_value = previous[2];
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else prop_type = prop_value = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      oldcode = code;
 | 
						|
      code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
 | 
						|
      this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
 | 
						|
      one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      repeat_type += op_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
 | 
						|
      an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_min == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
 | 
						|
      maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
 | 
						|
      left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
 | 
						|
      one less than the maximum. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (repeat_min == 1)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max == -1)
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          code = oldcode;                 /* leave previous item in place */
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
 | 
						|
      handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so,
 | 
						|
        we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated
 | 
						|
        Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the
 | 
						|
        required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in
 | 
						|
        c, with the 0x80 bit as a flag. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max < 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
          if (utf8 && c >= 128)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
 | 
						|
            code += c & 7;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = c;
 | 
						|
            if (prop_type >= 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *code++ = prop_type;
 | 
						|
              *code++ = prop_value;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again
 | 
						|
        preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the
 | 
						|
        UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
          if (utf8 && c >= 128)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
 | 
						|
            code += c & 7;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          *code++ = c;
 | 
						|
          if (prop_type >= 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = prop_type;
 | 
						|
            *code++ = prop_value;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max == 1)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
      if (utf8 && c >= 128)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        memcpy(code, utf8_char, c & 7);
 | 
						|
        code += c & 7;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      *code++ = c;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that
 | 
						|
      define the required property. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
      if (prop_type >= 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = prop_type;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = prop_value;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat
 | 
						|
    stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (*previous == OP_CLASS ||
 | 
						|
             *previous == OP_NCLASS ||
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
             *previous == OP_XCLASS ||
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
             *previous == OP_REF)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        code = previous;
 | 
						|
        goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* All real repeats make it impossible to handle partial matching (maybe
 | 
						|
      one day we will be able to remove this restriction). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max != 1) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_NOPARTIAL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1)
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
      else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1)
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
      else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain
 | 
						|
    cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (*previous == OP_BRA  || *previous == OP_CBRA ||
 | 
						|
             *previous == OP_ONCE || *previous == OP_COND)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      register int i;
 | 
						|
      int ketoffset = 0;
 | 
						|
      int len = code - previous;
 | 
						|
      uschar *bralink = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR55;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the maximum repeat count is unlimited, find the end of the bracket
 | 
						|
      by scanning through from the start, and compute the offset back to it
 | 
						|
      from the current code pointer. There may be an OP_OPT setting following
 | 
						|
      the final KET, so we can't find the end just by going back from the code
 | 
						|
      pointer. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max == -1)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        register uschar *ket = previous;
 | 
						|
        do ket += GET(ket, 1); while (*ket != OP_KET);
 | 
						|
        ketoffset = code - ket;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
 | 
						|
      OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
 | 
						|
      data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
 | 
						|
      this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
 | 
						|
      the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
 | 
						|
      minimum is zero. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_min == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the
 | 
						|
        output altogether, like this:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ** if (repeat_max == 0)
 | 
						|
        **   {
 | 
						|
        **   code = previous;
 | 
						|
        **   goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
        **   }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        However, that fails when a group is referenced as a subroutine from
 | 
						|
        elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it
 | 
						|
        so that it is skipped on execution. As we don't have a list of which
 | 
						|
        groups are referenced, we cannot do this selectively.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO
 | 
						|
        and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any
 | 
						|
        OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any
 | 
						|
        internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the
 | 
						|
        start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing
 | 
						|
        this. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max <= 1)    /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *code = OP_END;
 | 
						|
          adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
 | 
						|
          memmove(previous+1, previous, len);
 | 
						|
          code++;
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max == 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
 | 
						|
            goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
 | 
						|
        in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
 | 
						|
        The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
 | 
						|
        copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
 | 
						|
        that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
 | 
						|
        adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once
 | 
						|
        again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          int offset;
 | 
						|
          *code = OP_END;
 | 
						|
          adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf8, cd, save_hwm);
 | 
						|
          memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, len);
 | 
						|
          code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
          *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          *previous++ = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be
 | 
						|
          filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : previous - bralink;
 | 
						|
          bralink = previous;
 | 
						|
          PUTINC(previous, 0, offset);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        repeat_max--;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
 | 
						|
      times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
 | 
						|
      copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't
 | 
						|
      set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any
 | 
						|
      forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on
 | 
						|
      the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_min > 1)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | 
						|
          just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
 | 
						|
          potential integer overflow. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
 | 
						|
            if ((double)(repeat_min - 1)*(double)length_prevgroup >
 | 
						|
                                                            (double)INT_MAX ||
 | 
						|
                OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            *lengthptr += delta;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* This is compiling for real */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (groupsetfirstbyte && reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
            for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              uschar *hc;
 | 
						|
              uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | 
						|
              memcpy(code, previous, len);
 | 
						|
              for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len);
 | 
						|
                cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              save_hwm = this_hwm;
 | 
						|
              code += len;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
 | 
						|
      the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
 | 
						|
      remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum,
 | 
						|
      the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies
 | 
						|
      the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to
 | 
						|
      replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max >= 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | 
						|
        just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1
 | 
						|
        to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must
 | 
						|
        add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
 | 
						|
        paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
 | 
						|
                      2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
 | 
						|
          if ((double)repeat_max *
 | 
						|
                (double)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
                  > (double)INT_MAX ||
 | 
						|
              OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          *lengthptr += delta;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* This is compiling for real */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          uschar *hc;
 | 
						|
          uschar *this_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
 | 
						|
          chain of brackets outstanding. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (i != 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            int offset;
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
            offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : code - bralink;
 | 
						|
            bralink = code;
 | 
						|
            PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          memcpy(code, previous, len);
 | 
						|
          for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1));
 | 
						|
            cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          save_hwm = this_hwm;
 | 
						|
          code += len;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
 | 
						|
        fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        while (bralink != NULL)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          int oldlinkoffset;
 | 
						|
          int offset = code - bralink + 1;
 | 
						|
          uschar *bra = code - offset;
 | 
						|
          oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
 | 
						|
          bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
          PUTINC(code, 0, offset);
 | 
						|
          PUT(bra, 1, offset);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. We
 | 
						|
      can't just offset backwards from the current code point, because we
 | 
						|
      don't know if there's been an options resetting after the ket. The
 | 
						|
      correct offset was computed above.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Then, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether
 | 
						|
      this group is a non-atomic one that could match an empty string. If so,
 | 
						|
      convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
 | 
						|
      that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to
 | 
						|
      atomic groups at runtime, but in a different way.] */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        uschar *ketcode = code - ketoffset;
 | 
						|
        uschar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
 | 
						|
        *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr == NULL && *bracode != OP_ONCE)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          uschar *scode = bracode;
 | 
						|
          do
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf8))
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            scode += GET(scode, 1);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in
 | 
						|
    JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is
 | 
						|
    by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat"
 | 
						|
    error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Else there's some kind of shambles */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR11;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization
 | 
						|
    tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some of the
 | 
						|
    simpler opcodes, there is an special alternative opcode for this. For
 | 
						|
    anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets.
 | 
						|
    The '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package,
 | 
						|
    but the special opcodes can optimize it a bit. The repeated item starts at
 | 
						|
    tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
 | 
						|
    (former) last char we repeated.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But
 | 
						|
    an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the
 | 
						|
    length of what remains before proceeding. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (possessive_quantifier)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int len;
 | 
						|
      if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT ||
 | 
						|
          *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT)
 | 
						|
        tempcode += _pcre_OP_lengths[*tempcode] +
 | 
						|
          ((*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT &&
 | 
						|
             (tempcode[3] == OP_PROP || tempcode[3] == OP_NOTPROP))? 2:0);
 | 
						|
      len = code - tempcode;
 | 
						|
      if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        case OP_STAR:  *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_PLUS:  *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_UPTO:  *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case OP_TYPESTAR:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_TYPEPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_TYPEUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTSTAR:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTPLUS:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break;
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTUPTO:  *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
        memmove(tempcode + 1+LINK_SIZE, tempcode, len);
 | 
						|
        code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
        PUTINC(code, 0, len);
 | 
						|
        PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the
 | 
						|
    "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqbytes if
 | 
						|
    it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    END_REPEAT:
 | 
						|
    previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
    cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or
 | 
						|
    lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended
 | 
						|
    parenthesis forms.  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
    newoptions = options;
 | 
						|
    skipbytes = 0;
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_CBRA;
 | 
						|
    save_hwm = cd->hwm;
 | 
						|
    reset_bracount = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_ASTERISK && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int i, namelen;
 | 
						|
      const char *vn = verbnames;
 | 
						|
      const uschar *name = ++ptr;
 | 
						|
      previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
      while ((cd->ctypes[*++ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) {};
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR59;   /* Not supported */
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      namelen = ptr - name;
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
 | 
						|
            strncmp((char *)name, vn, namelen) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *code = verbs[i].op;
 | 
						|
          if (*code++ == OP_ACCEPT) cd->had_accept = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (i < verbcount) continue;
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR60;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the
 | 
						|
    appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int i, set, unset, namelen;
 | 
						|
      int *optset;
 | 
						|
      const uschar *name;
 | 
						|
      uschar *slot;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch (*(++ptr))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN:                 /* Comment; skip to ket */
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        while (*ptr != 0 && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR18;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:  /* Reset capture count for each branch */
 | 
						|
        reset_bracount = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_COLON:          /* Non-capturing bracket */
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_COND;       /* Conditional group */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
 | 
						|
        group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to
 | 
						|
        recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
 | 
						|
        by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can
 | 
						|
        be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed
 | 
						|
        by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits.
 | 
						|
        In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other
 | 
						|
        cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit
 | 
						|
        the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups,
 | 
						|
        including assertions, are processed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
 | 
						|
            ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN))
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF
 | 
						|
        below), and all need to skip 3 bytes at the start of the group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
 | 
						|
        skipbytes = 3;
 | 
						|
        refsign = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = -1;
 | 
						|
          ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
          code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;    /* Change the type of test */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl
 | 
						|
        syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = 0;
 | 
						|
          if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr += 1;  /* To get the right offset */
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR28;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        recno = 0;
 | 
						|
        name = ++ptr;
 | 
						|
        while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (recno >= 0)
 | 
						|
            recno = ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)?
 | 
						|
              recno * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0 : -1;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        namelen = ptr - name;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != terminator) ||
 | 
						|
            *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr--;      /* Error offset */
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR26;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr != NULL) break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual
 | 
						|
        reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to
 | 
						|
        be digits, in which case recno will be set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (refsign > 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (recno <= 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)?
 | 
						|
            cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount;
 | 
						|
          if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the
 | 
						|
        name. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        slot = cd->name_table;
 | 
						|
        for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0) break;
 | 
						|
          slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Found a previous named subpattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (i < cd->names_found)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          recno = GET2(slot, 0);
 | 
						|
          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | 
						|
                        (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) > 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If terminator == 0 it means that the name followed directly after
 | 
						|
        the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are
 | 
						|
        some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != 0
 | 
						|
        [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have
 | 
						|
        now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (terminator != 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a
 | 
						|
        specific group number. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (*name == CHAR_R)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          recno = 0;
 | 
						|
          for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if ((digitab[name[i]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY;
 | 
						|
          code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;      /* Change test type */
 | 
						|
          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always
 | 
						|
        false. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (namelen == 6 && strncmp((char *)name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF;
 | 
						|
          skipbytes = 1;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are
 | 
						|
        in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:                 /* Positive lookahead */
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:            /* Negative lookahead */
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)    /* Optimize (?!) */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_FAIL;
 | 
						|
          previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:              /* Lookbehind or named define */
 | 
						|
        switch (ptr[1])
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:               /* Positive lookbehind */
 | 
						|
          bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
 | 
						|
          ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:          /* Negative lookbehind */
 | 
						|
          bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
 | 
						|
          ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          default:                /* Could be name define, else bad */
 | 
						|
          if ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;                  /* Correct offset for error */
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR24;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN:           /* One-time brackets */
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_C:                 /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */
 | 
						|
        previous_callout = code;  /* Save for later completion */
 | 
						|
        after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CALLOUT;
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          int n = 0;
 | 
						|
          while ((digitab[*(++ptr)] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | 
						|
            n = n * 10 + *ptr - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR39;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (n > 255)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR38;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          *code++ = n;
 | 
						|
          PUT(code, 0, ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1);  /* Pattern offset */
 | 
						|
          PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0);                    /* Default length */
 | 
						|
          code += 2 * LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_P:              /* Python-style named subpattern handling */
 | 
						|
        if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN ||
 | 
						|
            *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN)  /* Reference or recursion */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
          goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)  /* Test for Python-style defn */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR41;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        DEFINE_NAME:    /* Come here from (?< handling */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | 
						|
            CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | 
						|
          name = ++ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
 | 
						|
          namelen = ptr - name;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (*ptr != terminator)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR49;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            if (namelen + 3 > cd->name_entry_size)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              cd->name_entry_size = namelen + 3;
 | 
						|
              if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | 
						|
                goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            slot = cd->name_table;
 | 
						|
            for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              int crc = memcmp(name, slot+2, namelen);
 | 
						|
              if (crc == 0)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                if (slot[2+namelen] == 0)
 | 
						|
                  {
 | 
						|
                  if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0)
 | 
						|
                    {
 | 
						|
                    *errorcodeptr = ERR43;
 | 
						|
                    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
                    }
 | 
						|
                  }
 | 
						|
                else crc = -1;      /* Current name is substring */
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              if (crc < 0)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot,
 | 
						|
                  (cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size);
 | 
						|
                break;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1);
 | 
						|
            memcpy(slot + 2, name, namelen);
 | 
						|
            slot[2+namelen] = 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In both cases, count the number of names we've encountered. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ptr++;                    /* Move past > or ' */
 | 
						|
        cd->names_found++;
 | 
						|
        goto NUMBERED_GROUP;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_AMPERSAND:            /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */
 | 
						|
        terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
        is_recurse = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both
 | 
						|
        references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling
 | 
						|
        through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from
 | 
						|
        the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name}
 | 
						|
        .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE:
 | 
						|
        name = ++ptr;
 | 
						|
        while ((cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++;
 | 
						|
        namelen = ptr - name;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check and set a dummy
 | 
						|
        reference number. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (namelen == 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR62;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr != terminator)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          recno = 0;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name
 | 
						|
        first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the
 | 
						|
        table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table,
 | 
						|
        the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          slot = cd->name_table;
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (strncmp((char *)name, (char *)slot+2, namelen) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
                slot[2+namelen] == 0)
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
            slot += cd->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (i < cd->names_found)         /* Back reference */
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            recno = GET2(slot, 0);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else if ((recno =                /* Forward back reference */
 | 
						|
                    find_parens(cd, name, namelen,
 | 
						|
                      (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0)) <= 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical
 | 
						|
        recursion or backreferences. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION;
 | 
						|
          else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_R:              /* Recursion */
 | 
						|
        ptr++;                    /* Same as (?0)      */
 | 
						|
        /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS:  /* Recursion or subroutine */
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
 | 
						|
        case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          const uschar *called;
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma
 | 
						|
          compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that
 | 
						|
          the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will
 | 
						|
          be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY
 | 
						|
          ever be taken. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            ptr++;
 | 
						|
            if ((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) == 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR63;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if ((digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_digit) == 0)
 | 
						|
              goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY;
 | 
						|
            ptr++;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          recno = 0;
 | 
						|
          while((digitab[*ptr] & ctype_digit) != 0)
 | 
						|
            recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr != terminator)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR29;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (recno == 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1;
 | 
						|
            if (recno <= 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (recno == 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR58;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            recno += cd->bracount;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          HANDLE_RECURSION:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          previous = code;
 | 
						|
          called = cd->start_code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being
 | 
						|
          referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before
 | 
						|
          this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that
 | 
						|
          the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position)
 | 
						|
          now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can
 | 
						|
          be filled in at the end. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code = OP_END;
 | 
						|
            if (recno != 0) called = find_bracket(cd->start_code, utf8, recno);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* Forward reference */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (called == NULL)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno,
 | 
						|
                    (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) < 0)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
                goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              called = cd->start_code + recno;
 | 
						|
              PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, code + 2 + LINK_SIZE - cd->start_code);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open,
 | 
						|
            this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left
 | 
						|
            recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
                     could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf8))
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR40;
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item, automatically wrapped inside
 | 
						|
          "once" brackets. Set up a "previous group" length so that a
 | 
						|
          subsequent quantifier will work. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          *code = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
          PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
          code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          *code = OP_RECURSE;
 | 
						|
          PUT(code, 1, called - cd->start_code);
 | 
						|
          code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          *code = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
          PUT(code, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
          code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Can't determine a first byte now */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */
 | 
						|
        default:              /* Other characters: check option setting */
 | 
						|
        OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY:
 | 
						|
        set = unset = 0;
 | 
						|
        optset = &set;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          switch (*ptr++)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_J:    /* Record that it changed in the external options */
 | 
						|
            *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES;
 | 
						|
            cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            default:  *errorcodeptr = ERR12;
 | 
						|
                      ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
 | 
						|
                      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
 | 
						|
        group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this
 | 
						|
        item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be
 | 
						|
        abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in
 | 
						|
        the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in
 | 
						|
        caseless checking of required bytes.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are
 | 
						|
        definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been
 | 
						|
        compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have
 | 
						|
        that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded
 | 
						|
        during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if
 | 
						|
        we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At
 | 
						|
        any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything
 | 
						|
        has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions
 | 
						|
        is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in
 | 
						|
        both phases.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        If we are not at the pattern start, compile code to change the ims
 | 
						|
        options if this setting actually changes any of them, and reset the
 | 
						|
        greedy defaults and the case value for firstbyte and reqbyte. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE &&
 | 
						|
               (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE))
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            cd->external_options = newoptions;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
         else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != (newoptions & PCRE_IMS))
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *code++ = OP_OPT;
 | 
						|
              *code++ = newoptions & PCRE_IMS;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | 
						|
            greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | 
						|
            req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use
 | 
						|
          in subsequent branches. When not at the start of the pattern, this
 | 
						|
          information is also necessary so that a resetting item can be
 | 
						|
          compiled at the end of a group (if we are in a group). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          *optionsptr = options = newoptions;
 | 
						|
          previous = NULL;       /* This item can't be repeated */
 | 
						|
          continue;              /* It is complete */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group
 | 
						|
        with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are
 | 
						|
        not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':';
 | 
						|
        the newoptions value is handled below. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        }     /* End of switch for character following (? */
 | 
						|
      }       /* End of (? handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set,
 | 
						|
    all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...)
 | 
						|
    brackets. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Else we have a capturing group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      NUMBERED_GROUP:
 | 
						|
      cd->bracount += 1;
 | 
						|
      PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount);
 | 
						|
      skipbytes = 2;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions may not be repeated, but
 | 
						|
    other kinds can be. All their opcodes are >= OP_ONCE. We copy code into a
 | 
						|
    non-register variable in order to be able to pass its address because some
 | 
						|
    compilers complain otherwise. Pass in a new setting for the ims options if
 | 
						|
    they have changed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    previous = (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)? code : NULL;
 | 
						|
    *code = bravalue;
 | 
						|
    tempcode = code;
 | 
						|
    tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt;     /* Save value before bracket */
 | 
						|
    length_prevgroup = 0;              /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!compile_regex(
 | 
						|
         newoptions,                   /* The complete new option state */
 | 
						|
         options & PCRE_IMS,           /* The previous ims option state */
 | 
						|
         &tempcode,                    /* Where to put code (updated) */
 | 
						|
         &ptr,                         /* Input pointer (updated) */
 | 
						|
         errorcodeptr,                 /* Where to put an error message */
 | 
						|
         (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK ||
 | 
						|
          bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */
 | 
						|
         reset_bracount,               /* True if (?| group */
 | 
						|
         skipbytes,                    /* Skip over bracket number */
 | 
						|
         &subfirstbyte,                /* For possible first char */
 | 
						|
         &subreqbyte,                  /* For possible last char */
 | 
						|
         bcptr,                        /* Current branch chain */
 | 
						|
         cd,                           /* Tables block */
 | 
						|
         (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :   /* Actual compile phase */
 | 
						|
           &length_prevgroup           /* Pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
         ))
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
 | 
						|
    group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group
 | 
						|
    and any option resetting that may follow it. The pattern pointer (ptr)
 | 
						|
    is on the bracket. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
 | 
						|
    two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
 | 
						|
    in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
 | 
						|
    not be available. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uschar *tc = code;
 | 
						|
      int condcount = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      do {
 | 
						|
         condcount++;
 | 
						|
         tc += GET(tc,1);
 | 
						|
         }
 | 
						|
      while (*tc != OP_KET);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
 | 
						|
      false). It must have only one branch. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (condcount > 1)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_DEF;   /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
 | 
						|
      make use of its firstbyte or reqbyte, because this is equivalent to an
 | 
						|
      empty second branch. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (condcount > 2)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (condcount == 1) subfirstbyte = subreqbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Error if hit end of pattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR14;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
 | 
						|
    less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
 | 
						|
    set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
 | 
						|
    duplicated by a quantifier.*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
      PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
      PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    code = tempcode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
 | 
						|
    relevant. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of
 | 
						|
    group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
 | 
						|
    branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
 | 
						|
    zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqbyte and
 | 
						|
    zerofirstbyte outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the
 | 
						|
    back off. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
    groupsetfirstbyte = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* If we have not yet set a firstbyte in this branch, take it from the
 | 
						|
      subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
 | 
						|
      than one can replicate it as reqbyte if necessary. If the subpattern has
 | 
						|
      no firstbyte, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
 | 
						|
      repeat forces firstbyte to "none". */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (subfirstbyte >= 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          firstbyte = subfirstbyte;
 | 
						|
          groupsetfirstbyte = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If firstbyte was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstbyte
 | 
						|
      into reqbyte if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
 | 
						|
      existence beforehand. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (subfirstbyte >= 0 && subreqbyte < 0)
 | 
						|
        subreqbyte = subfirstbyte | tempreqvary;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't
 | 
						|
      really the first byte - see above), set it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqbyte, if set. This can be
 | 
						|
    helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different
 | 
						|
    char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstbyte
 | 
						|
    for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns
 | 
						|
    such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqbyte instead
 | 
						|
    of a firstbyte. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no
 | 
						|
    firstbyte, looking for an asserted first char. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqbyte >= 0) reqbyte = subreqbyte;
 | 
						|
    break;     /* End of processing '(' */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values
 | 
						|
    are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values. For the
 | 
						|
    back references, the values are ESC_REF plus the reference number. Only
 | 
						|
    back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated.
 | 
						|
    We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may
 | 
						|
    have to change if any new ones are ever created. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
 | 
						|
    tempptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
    c = check_escape(&ptr, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE);
 | 
						|
    if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c < 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (-c == ESC_Q)            /* Handle start of quoted string */
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
          ptr += 2;               /* avoid empty string */
 | 
						|
            else inescq = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (-c == ESC_E) continue;  /* Perl ignores an orphan \E */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the
 | 
						|
      setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET && -c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)
 | 
						|
        firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* \g<name> or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g<n> or \g'n'
 | 
						|
      is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value
 | 
						|
      -ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for <
 | 
						|
      or ' if the value is -ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is
 | 
						|
      -ESC_REF+n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is -ESC_k (as
 | 
						|
      that is a synonym for a named back reference). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (-c == ESC_g)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        const uschar *p;
 | 
						|
        save_hwm = cd->hwm;   /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */
 | 
						|
        terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | 
						|
          CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly
 | 
						|
        unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In
 | 
						|
        fact, because we actually check for a number below, the paths that
 | 
						|
        would actually be in error are never taken. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        skipbytes = 0;
 | 
						|
        reset_bracount = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Test for a name */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          BOOL isnumber = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          for (p = ptr + 1; *p != 0 && *p != terminator; p++)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_digit) == 0) isnumber = FALSE;
 | 
						|
            if ((cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_word) == 0) break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (*p != terminator)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (isnumber)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            ptr++;
 | 
						|
            goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          is_recurse = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Test a signed number in angle brackets or quotes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        p = ptr + 2;
 | 
						|
        while ((digitab[*p] & ctype_digit) != 0) p++;
 | 
						|
        if (*p != terminator)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* \k<name> or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax).
 | 
						|
      We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (-c == ESC_k && (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN ||
 | 
						|
          ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE || ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        is_recurse = FALSE;
 | 
						|
        terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | 
						|
          CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
 | 
						|
          CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
 | 
						|
        goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstbyte if
 | 
						|
      not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set
 | 
						|
      ':' later. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (-c >= ESC_REF)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        recno = -c - ESC_REF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        HANDLE_REFERENCE:    /* Come here from named backref handling */
 | 
						|
        if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET) firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        previous = code;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_REF;
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, recno);
 | 
						|
        cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1;
 | 
						|
        if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UCP
 | 
						|
      else if (-c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        BOOL negated;
 | 
						|
        int pdata;
 | 
						|
        int ptype = get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &pdata, errorcodeptr);
 | 
						|
        if (ptype < 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        previous = code;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = ((-c == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = ptype;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = pdata;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not
 | 
						|
      allowed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (-c == ESC_X || -c == ESC_P || -c == ESC_p)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR45;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we
 | 
						|
      can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        previous = (-c > ESC_b && -c < ESC_Z)? code : NULL;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = -c;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have
 | 
						|
    a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then
 | 
						|
    handle it as a data character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if (utf8 && c > 127)
 | 
						|
      mclength = _pcre_ord2utf8(c, mcbuffer);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | 
						|
     mclength = 1;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
    goto ONE_CHAR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or #
 | 
						|
    when the extended flag is set. If we are in UTF-8 mode, it may be a
 | 
						|
    multi-byte literal character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    NORMAL_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    mclength = 1;
 | 
						|
    mcbuffer[0] = c;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
    if (utf8 && c >= 0xc0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while ((ptr[1] & 0xc0) == 0x80)
 | 
						|
        mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length
 | 
						|
    in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ONE_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    previous = code;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARNC : OP_CHAR;
 | 
						|
    for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
 | 
						|
      cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first
 | 
						|
    byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat.
 | 
						|
    Otherwise, leave the firstbyte value alone, and don't change it on a zero
 | 
						|
    repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (firstbyte == REQ_UNSET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      zerofirstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstbyte
 | 
						|
      only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        firstbyte = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
 | 
						|
        if (mclength != 1) reqbyte = code[-1] | cd->req_varyopt;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* firstbyte was previously set; we can set reqbyte only the length is
 | 
						|
    1 or the matching is caseful. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      zerofirstbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqbyte = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
      if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | 
						|
        reqbyte = code[-1] | req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    break;            /* End of literal character handling */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }                   /* end of big loop */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the
 | 
						|
error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed
 | 
						|
to the user for diagnosing the error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
FAILED:
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*     Compile sequence of alternatives           *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it
 | 
						|
points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code
 | 
						|
variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored.
 | 
						|
If the ims options are changed at the start (for a (?ims: group) or during any
 | 
						|
branch, we need to insert an OP_OPT item at the start of every following branch
 | 
						|
to ensure they get set correctly at run time, and also pass the new options
 | 
						|
into every subsequent branch compile.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find
 | 
						|
out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The
 | 
						|
value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  options        option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
 | 
						|
  oldims         previous settings of ims option bits
 | 
						|
  codeptr        -> the address of the current code pointer
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         -> the address of the current pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   -> pointer to error code variable
 | 
						|
  lookbehind     TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion
 | 
						|
  reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch
 | 
						|
  skipbytes      skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
 | 
						|
  firstbyteptr   place to put the first required character, or a negative number
 | 
						|
  reqbyteptr     place to put the last required character, or a negative number
 | 
						|
  bcptr          pointer to the chain of currently open branches
 | 
						|
  cd             points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
 | 
						|
  lengthptr      NULL during the real compile phase
 | 
						|
                 points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         TRUE on success
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
compile_regex(int options, int oldims, uschar **codeptr, const uschar **ptrptr,
 | 
						|
  int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes,
 | 
						|
  int *firstbyteptr, int *reqbyteptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd,
 | 
						|
  int *lengthptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
const uschar *ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
uschar *code = *codeptr;
 | 
						|
uschar *last_branch = code;
 | 
						|
uschar *start_bracket = code;
 | 
						|
uschar *reverse_count = NULL;
 | 
						|
int firstbyte, reqbyte;
 | 
						|
int branchfirstbyte, branchreqbyte;
 | 
						|
int length;
 | 
						|
int orig_bracount;
 | 
						|
int max_bracount;
 | 
						|
branch_chain bc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bc.outer = bcptr;
 | 
						|
bc.current = code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
firstbyte = reqbyte = REQ_UNSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
 | 
						|
length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the
 | 
						|
beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
 | 
						|
lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the
 | 
						|
start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
 | 
						|
the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change
 | 
						|
the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes
 | 
						|
them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the
 | 
						|
pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PUT(code, 1, 0);
 | 
						|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Loop for each alternative branch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount;
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch
 | 
						|
  uses the same numbers. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle a change of ims options at the start of the branch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *code++ = OP_OPT;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = options & PCRE_IMS;
 | 
						|
    length += 2;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lookbehind)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
 | 
						|
    reverse_count = code;
 | 
						|
    PUTINC(code, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
    length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
 | 
						|
  into the length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstbyte,
 | 
						|
        &branchreqbyte, &bc, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch
 | 
						|
  has fewer than the rest. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* If this is the first branch, the firstbyte and reqbyte values for the
 | 
						|
    branch become the values for the regex. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      firstbyte = branchfirstbyte;
 | 
						|
      reqbyte = branchreqbyte;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqbyte have to
 | 
						|
    match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
 | 
						|
    previous value for reqbyte didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
 | 
						|
    and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* If we previously had a firstbyte, but it doesn't match the new branch,
 | 
						|
      we have to abandon the firstbyte for the regex, but if there was
 | 
						|
      previously no reqbyte, it takes on the value of the old firstbyte. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstbyte >= 0 && firstbyte != branchfirstbyte)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (reqbyte < 0) reqbyte = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
        firstbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If we (now or from before) have no firstbyte, a firstbyte from the
 | 
						|
      branch becomes a reqbyte if there isn't a branch reqbyte. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstbyte < 0 && branchfirstbyte >= 0 && branchreqbyte < 0)
 | 
						|
          branchreqbyte = branchfirstbyte;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Now ensure that the reqbytes match */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if ((reqbyte & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqbyte & ~REQ_VARY))
 | 
						|
        reqbyte = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      else reqbyte |= branchreqbyte;   /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and
 | 
						|
    put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the
 | 
						|
    branch with OP_END. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (lookbehind)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int fixed_length;
 | 
						|
      *code = OP_END;
 | 
						|
      fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, options);
 | 
						|
      DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length));
 | 
						|
      if (fixed_length < 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : ERR25;
 | 
						|
        *ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
        return FALSE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real
 | 
						|
  compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain
 | 
						|
  of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the
 | 
						|
  first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the
 | 
						|
  group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole
 | 
						|
  bracketed item. If any of the ims options were changed inside the group,
 | 
						|
  compile a resetting op-code following, except at the very end of the pattern.
 | 
						|
  Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int branch_length = code - last_branch;
 | 
						|
      do
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
 | 
						|
        PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
 | 
						|
        branch_length = prev_length;
 | 
						|
        last_branch -= branch_length;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      while (branch_length > 0);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Fill in the ket */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *code = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1, code - start_bracket);
 | 
						|
    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Resetting option if needed */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE_IMS) != oldims && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_OPT;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = oldims;
 | 
						|
      length += 2;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    cd->bracount = max_bracount;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Set values to pass back */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *codeptr = code;
 | 
						|
    *ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
    *firstbyteptr = firstbyte;
 | 
						|
    *reqbyteptr = reqbyte;
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
        return FALSE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += length;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
 | 
						|
  pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
 | 
						|
  pretend that each branch is the only one.)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
 | 
						|
  to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
 | 
						|
  is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
 | 
						|
  zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes;
 | 
						|
    length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *code = OP_ALT;
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1, code - last_branch);
 | 
						|
    bc.current = last_branch = code;
 | 
						|
    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ptr++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*          Check for anchored expression         *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
 | 
						|
alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
 | 
						|
all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
 | 
						|
it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD
 | 
						|
counts, since OP_CIRC can match in the middle.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
 | 
						|
This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
 | 
						|
into account the match offset".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
 | 
						|
because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
 | 
						|
so there is no point trying again.... er ....
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
 | 
						|
subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
 | 
						|
to catch that case precisely.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
 | 
						|
and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
 | 
						|
However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
 | 
						|
of the more common cases more precisely.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | 
						|
  options        points to the options setting
 | 
						|
  bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | 
						|
                  handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | 
						|
                  the less precise approach
 | 
						|
  backref_map    the back reference bitmap
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
is_anchored(register const uschar *code, int *options, unsigned int bracket_map,
 | 
						|
  unsigned int backref_map)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
do {
 | 
						|
   const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
 | 
						|
     options, PCRE_MULTILINE, FALSE);
 | 
						|
   register int op = *scode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (op == OP_BRA)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_CBRA)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
     int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, options, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Other brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_COND)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, options, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
 | 
						|
   it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
 | 
						|
             op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0)
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Check for explicit anchoring */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM &&
 | 
						|
           ((*options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0 || op != OP_CIRC))
 | 
						|
     return FALSE;
 | 
						|
   code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
 | 
						|
"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
 | 
						|
matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
 | 
						|
the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
 | 
						|
have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
 | 
						|
because in that case we can't make the assumption.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code           points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | 
						|
  bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | 
						|
                  handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | 
						|
                  the less precise approach
 | 
						|
  backref_map    the back reference bitmap
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
is_startline(const uschar *code, unsigned int bracket_map,
 | 
						|
  unsigned int backref_map)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
do {
 | 
						|
   const uschar *scode = first_significant_code(code + _pcre_OP_lengths[*code],
 | 
						|
     NULL, 0, FALSE);
 | 
						|
   register int op = *scode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
 | 
						|
   conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
 | 
						|
   for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
 | 
						|
   auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (op == OP_COND)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
     if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += _pcre_OP_lengths[OP_CALLOUT];
 | 
						|
     switch (*scode)
 | 
						|
       {
 | 
						|
       case OP_CREF:
 | 
						|
       case OP_RREF:
 | 
						|
       case OP_DEF:
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       default:     /* Assertion */
 | 
						|
       if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
       do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
       scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
       break;
 | 
						|
       }
 | 
						|
     scode = first_significant_code(scode, NULL, 0, FALSE);
 | 
						|
     op = *scode;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (op == OP_BRA)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_CBRA)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
     int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1);
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Other brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_ONCE)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, backref_map)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in brackets that
 | 
						|
   may be referenced. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & backref_map) != 0) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Check for explicit circumflex */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Move on to the next alternative */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*       Check for asserted fixed first char      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are
 | 
						|
discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow.
 | 
						|
However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern,
 | 
						|
it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first
 | 
						|
char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a bracket all
 | 
						|
of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then
 | 
						|
we return that char, otherwise -1.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code       points to start of expression (the bracket)
 | 
						|
  options    pointer to the options (used to check casing changes)
 | 
						|
  inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     -1 or the fixed first char
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
find_firstassertedchar(const uschar *code, int *options, BOOL inassert)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
register int c = -1;
 | 
						|
do {
 | 
						|
   int d;
 | 
						|
   const uschar *scode =
 | 
						|
     first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE, options, PCRE_CASELESS, TRUE);
 | 
						|
   register int op = *scode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   switch(op)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     default:
 | 
						|
     return -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_BRA:
 | 
						|
     case OP_CBRA:
 | 
						|
     case OP_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
     case OP_ONCE:
 | 
						|
     case OP_COND:
 | 
						|
     if ((d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, options, op == OP_ASSERT)) < 0)
 | 
						|
       return -1;
 | 
						|
     if (c < 0) c = d; else if (c != d) return -1;
 | 
						|
     break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_EXACT:       /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
     scode += 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
     case OP_CHARNC:
 | 
						|
     case OP_PLUS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_MINPLUS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_POSPLUS:
 | 
						|
     if (!inassert) return -1;
 | 
						|
     if (c < 0)
 | 
						|
       {
 | 
						|
       c = scode[1];
 | 
						|
       if ((*options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) c |= REQ_CASELESS;
 | 
						|
       }
 | 
						|
     else if (c != scode[1]) return -1;
 | 
						|
     break;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*        Compile a Regular Expression            *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store
 | 
						|
holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this
 | 
						|
function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards
 | 
						|
compatibility. The new function is given a new name.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  pattern       the regular expression
 | 
						|
  options       various option bits
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr  pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only)
 | 
						|
                  can be NULL if you don't want a code value
 | 
						|
  errorptr      pointer to pointer to error text
 | 
						|
  erroroffset   ptr offset in pattern where error was detected
 | 
						|
  tables        pointer to character tables or NULL
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
 | 
						|
                with errorptr and erroroffset set
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | 
						|
pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr,
 | 
						|
  int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION
 | 
						|
pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr,
 | 
						|
  const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
real_pcre *re;
 | 
						|
int length = 1;  /* For final END opcode */
 | 
						|
int firstbyte, reqbyte, newline;
 | 
						|
int errorcode = 0;
 | 
						|
int skipatstart = 0;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
BOOL utf8;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
size_t size;
 | 
						|
uschar *code;
 | 
						|
const uschar *codestart;
 | 
						|
const uschar *ptr;
 | 
						|
compile_data compile_block;
 | 
						|
compile_data *cd = &compile_block;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are
 | 
						|
computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away
 | 
						|
as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for
 | 
						|
this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where
 | 
						|
to fill in forward references to subpatterns. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uschar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we
 | 
						|
can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code
 | 
						|
pointer. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*errorptr = NULL;
 | 
						|
if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* However, we can give a message for this error */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (erroroffset == NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR16;
 | 
						|
  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*erroroffset = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (tables == NULL) tables = _pcre_default_tables;
 | 
						|
cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset;
 | 
						|
cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset;
 | 
						|
cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset;
 | 
						|
cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR17;
 | 
						|
  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember
 | 
						|
the offset for later. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
 | 
						|
       ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int newnl = 0;
 | 
						|
  int newbsr = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; }
 | 
						|
  else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3)  == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
 | 
						|
  else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5)  == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; }
 | 
						|
  else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; }
 | 
						|
  else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; }
 | 
						|
  else if (strncmp((char *)(ptr+skipatstart+2), STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0)
 | 
						|
    { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (newnl != 0)
 | 
						|
    options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl;
 | 
						|
  else if (newbsr != 0)
 | 
						|
    options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr;
 | 
						|
  else break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Can't support UTF8 unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8
 | 
						|
utf8 = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0;
 | 
						|
if (utf8 && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
     (*erroroffset = _pcre_valid_utf8((uschar *)pattern, -1)) >= 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR44;
 | 
						|
  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR32;
 | 
						|
  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check validity of \R options. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  case 0:
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF:
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE:
 | 
						|
  break;
 | 
						|
  default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The
 | 
						|
current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and
 | 
						|
"anycrlf". */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break;   /* Build-time default */
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break;
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break;
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+
 | 
						|
       PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break;
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break;
 | 
						|
  case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break;
 | 
						|
  default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (newline == -2)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
else if (newline < 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
 | 
						|
  if (newline > 255)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    cd->nllen = 2;
 | 
						|
    cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255;
 | 
						|
    cd->nl[1] = newline & 255;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    cd->nllen = 1;
 | 
						|
    cd->nl[0] = newline;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
 | 
						|
references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cd->top_backref = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->backref_map = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Reflect pattern for debugging output */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n"));
 | 
						|
DPRINTF(("%s\n", pattern));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length
 | 
						|
of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final
 | 
						|
argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it
 | 
						|
to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is
 | 
						|
no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there
 | 
						|
is a test for its doing so. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->names_found = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->name_entry_size = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->name_table = NULL;
 | 
						|
cd->start_workspace = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
cd->start_code = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
cd->hwm = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
cd->start_pattern = (const uschar *)pattern;
 | 
						|
cd->end_pattern = (const uschar *)(pattern + strlen(pattern));
 | 
						|
cd->req_varyopt = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->external_options = options;
 | 
						|
cd->external_flags = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we
 | 
						|
don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have
 | 
						|
been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is
 | 
						|
found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings
 | 
						|
outside can help speed up starting point checks. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ptr += skipatstart;
 | 
						|
code = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
*code = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
(void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, cd->external_options & PCRE_IMS,
 | 
						|
  &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd,
 | 
						|
  &length);
 | 
						|
if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length,
 | 
						|
  cd->hwm - cworkspace));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR20;
 | 
						|
  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Compute the size of data block needed and get it, either from malloc or
 | 
						|
externally provided function. Integer overflow should no longer be possible
 | 
						|
because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and
 | 
						|
cd->name_entry_size. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
size = length + sizeof(real_pcre) + cd->names_found * (cd->name_entry_size + 3);
 | 
						|
re = (real_pcre *)(pcre_malloc)(size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (re == NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR21;
 | 
						|
  goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal
 | 
						|
flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character
 | 
						|
tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a
 | 
						|
regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte
 | 
						|
pointers. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
 | 
						|
re->size = size;
 | 
						|
re->options = cd->external_options;
 | 
						|
re->flags = cd->external_flags;
 | 
						|
re->dummy1 = 0;
 | 
						|
re->first_byte = 0;
 | 
						|
re->req_byte = 0;
 | 
						|
re->name_table_offset = sizeof(real_pcre);
 | 
						|
re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
re->name_count = cd->names_found;
 | 
						|
re->ref_count = 0;
 | 
						|
re->tables = (tables == _pcre_default_tables)? NULL : tables;
 | 
						|
re->nullpad = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are
 | 
						|
passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial
 | 
						|
options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size
 | 
						|
field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm
 | 
						|
field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount;  /* Save for checking forward references */
 | 
						|
cd->bracount = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->names_found = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->name_table = (uschar *)re + re->name_table_offset;
 | 
						|
codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
 | 
						|
cd->start_code = codestart;
 | 
						|
cd->hwm = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
cd->req_varyopt = 0;
 | 
						|
cd->had_accept = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
 | 
						|
error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
 | 
						|
of the function here. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ptr = (const uschar *)pattern + skipatstart;
 | 
						|
code = (uschar *)codestart;
 | 
						|
*code = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
(void)compile_regex(re->options, re->options & PCRE_IMS, &code, &ptr,
 | 
						|
  &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, &firstbyte, &reqbyte, NULL, cd, NULL);
 | 
						|
re->top_bracket = cd->bracount;
 | 
						|
re->top_backref = cd->top_backref;
 | 
						|
re->flags = cd->external_flags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (cd->had_accept) reqbyte = -1;   /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != 0) errorcode = ERR22;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but
 | 
						|
if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*code++ = OP_END;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef DEBUG
 | 
						|
if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fill in any forward references that are required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cworkspace)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int offset, recno;
 | 
						|
  const uschar *groupptr;
 | 
						|
  cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
  offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0);
 | 
						|
  recno = GET(codestart, offset);
 | 
						|
  groupptr = find_bracket(codestart, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, recno);
 | 
						|
  if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53;
 | 
						|
    else PUT(((uschar *)codestart), offset, groupptr - codestart);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing
 | 
						|
subpattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  (pcre_free)(re);
 | 
						|
  PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN:
 | 
						|
  *erroroffset = ptr - (const uschar *)pattern;
 | 
						|
  PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2:
 | 
						|
  *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode);
 | 
						|
  if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that
 | 
						|
the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else (such
 | 
						|
as starting with .* when DOTALL is set).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that
 | 
						|
speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the
 | 
						|
PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches
 | 
						|
start with ^. and also when all branches start with .* for non-DOTALL matches.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int temp_options = re->options;   /* May get changed during these scans */
 | 
						|
  if (is_anchored(codestart, &temp_options, 0, cd->backref_map))
 | 
						|
    re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (firstbyte < 0)
 | 
						|
      firstbyte = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &temp_options, FALSE);
 | 
						|
    if (firstbyte >= 0)   /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int ch = firstbyte & 255;
 | 
						|
      re->first_byte = ((firstbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
         cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? ch : firstbyte;
 | 
						|
      re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd->backref_map))
 | 
						|
      re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a
 | 
						|
variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable
 | 
						|
bytes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (reqbyte >= 0 &&
 | 
						|
     ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqbyte & REQ_VARY) != 0))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int ch = reqbyte & 255;
 | 
						|
  re->req_byte = ((reqbyte & REQ_CASELESS) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
    cd->fcc[ch] == ch)? (reqbyte & ~REQ_CASELESS) : reqbyte;
 | 
						|
  re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the
 | 
						|
case when building a production library. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n",
 | 
						|
  length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int ch = re->first_byte & 255;
 | 
						|
  const char *caseless = ((re->first_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
 | 
						|
    "" : " (caseless)";
 | 
						|
  if (isprint(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | 
						|
    else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int ch = re->req_byte & 255;
 | 
						|
  const char *caseless = ((re->req_byte & REQ_CASELESS) == 0)?
 | 
						|
    "" : " (caseless)";
 | 
						|
  if (isprint(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | 
						|
    else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
pcre_printint(re, stdout, TRUE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that
 | 
						|
was compiled can be seen. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (code - codestart > length)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  (pcre_free)(re);
 | 
						|
  *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23);
 | 
						|
  *erroroffset = ptr - (uschar *)pattern;
 | 
						|
  if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif   /* DEBUG */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return (pcre *)re;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* End of pcre_compile.c */
 |